WO2023060533A1 - Gimbal control method, gimbal, and photographing system - Google Patents

Gimbal control method, gimbal, and photographing system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023060533A1
WO2023060533A1 PCT/CN2021/123991 CN2021123991W WO2023060533A1 WO 2023060533 A1 WO2023060533 A1 WO 2023060533A1 CN 2021123991 W CN2021123991 W CN 2021123991W WO 2023060533 A1 WO2023060533 A1 WO 2023060533A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
stabilization mechanism
axial
connecting arm
hinge
load
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/123991
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
谢振生
刘帅
庞少阳
Original Assignee
深圳市大疆创新科技有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 深圳市大疆创新科技有限公司 filed Critical 深圳市大疆创新科技有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2021/123991 priority Critical patent/WO2023060533A1/en
Publication of WO2023060533A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023060533A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F16ENGINEERING ELEMENTS AND UNITS; GENERAL MEASURES FOR PRODUCING AND MAINTAINING EFFECTIVE FUNCTIONING OF MACHINES OR INSTALLATIONS; THERMAL INSULATION IN GENERAL
    • F16MFRAMES, CASINGS OR BEDS OF ENGINES, MACHINES OR APPARATUS, NOT SPECIFIC TO ENGINES, MACHINES OR APPARATUS PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; STANDS; SUPPORTS
    • F16M11/00Stands or trestles as supports for apparatus or articles placed thereon Stands for scientific apparatus such as gravitational force meters
    • F16M11/02Heads
    • F16M11/18Heads with mechanism for moving the apparatus relatively to the stand

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the technical field of pan-tilt control, in particular to a pan-tilt control method, a pan-tilt and a shooting system.
  • the gimbals have a stabilization function, which can compensate the shaking of the shooting device in the corresponding rotation directions of the pitch axis, yaw axis and roll axis.
  • a vertical stabilization mechanism may also be provided on the pan-tilt device.
  • it is usually necessary to manually adjust the state of the pan-tilt device which increases the workload of the operator and is not conducive to the convenient use of the pan-tilt device.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a pan/tilt control method, a pan/tilt, and a shooting system, which can automatically adjust the attitude of the pan/tilt in a specific situation, so as to improve the inconvenient operation and the easy interaction between the pan/tilt and the load and the outside world. problem of interference.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for controlling a pan/tilt, including: acquiring a trigger event indicating that the pan/tilt enters a storage mode, wherein the pan/tilt includes a base, a vertical stabilization mechanism, and an axial stabilization mechanism, The base is used to support the vertical stabilization mechanism, and the vertical stabilization mechanism is used to carry the axial stabilization mechanism and drive the axial stabilization mechanism to rotate in a specific direction to offset the vibration of the load in the vertical direction.
  • the axial stabilizing mechanism is used to carry a load and to drive the load to rotate around at least one axis, and the specific direction is different from the axial direction of the axis; in response to a trigger event, at least one rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilizing mechanism is controlled to rotate along the corresponding axis rotation, and the vertical stabilization mechanism controls the axial stabilization mechanism to rotate around a specific direction, so that the pan/tilt is in the storage state; wherein, when the pan/tilt is in the storage state, at least part of the working surface of the load is located on the base Between the end of the center away from the vertical stabilization mechanism and the end of the vertical stabilization mechanism for connecting the axial stabilization mechanism.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for controlling a pan/tilt, including: acquiring a trigger event indicating that the pan/tilt enters a storage mode, wherein the pan/tilt includes an axial stabilization mechanism, and the axial stabilization mechanism is used to carry a load , and is used to drive the load to rotate around at least one axis; in response to a trigger event, at least one rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism is controlled to move in a specific direction, so that the platform is in a storage state, wherein the specific direction is different from Axial direction of the axis.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a cloud platform, including: a base for supporting the vertical stabilization mechanism; a vertical stabilization mechanism for carrying the axial stabilization mechanism and driving the axial stabilization mechanism;
  • the stabilizing mechanism rotates in a specific direction to offset the vibration of the load in the vertical direction;
  • the axial stabilizing mechanism is used to carry the load and drive the load to rotate around at least one axis, and the specific direction is different from The axial direction of the axis; one or more processors; a computer-readable storage medium for storing one or more computer programs, and when the computer program is executed by the processor, it realizes: obtaining a trigger event indicating that the pan/tilt enters the storage mode ;
  • controlling at least one rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism to rotate around a corresponding axis, and controlling the axial stabilization mechanism to rotate in a specific direction through the vertical stabilization mechanism, so that the pan/tilt is in a storage state ;
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a pan/tilt, including: an axial stabilization mechanism for carrying a load and driving the load to rotate around at least one axis; one or more processors; computer-readable storage
  • the medium is used to store one or more computer programs.
  • the computer program When the computer program is executed by the processor, it realizes: obtaining a trigger event indicating that the pan/tilt enters the storage mode; in response to the trigger event, controlling at least one rotating shaft in the axial stabilization mechanism The translation of the structure occurs along a specific direction, so that the platform is in the storage state, wherein the specific direction is different from the axial direction of the axis.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a photographing system, the photographing system includes: a photographing device and the pan/tilt as described in any aspect above, and the photographing device is disposed on the pan/tilt.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, which stores executable instructions, and when executed by one or more processors, the executable instructions cause one or more processors to perform any of the above A method as described in one aspect.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, which includes a computer program, and when the computer program product is executed by one or more processors, one or more processors are caused to execute the method in any one of the above aspects.
  • the pan/tilt control method, pan/tilt and shooting system provided by the embodiment of the present application, the pan/tilt includes a base, an axial stabilization mechanism and a vertical stabilization mechanism, and when the user wishes the pan/tilt to enter the storage state, at least one shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism can be controlled to rotate relative to the vertical stabilization mechanism, and the vertical stabilization mechanism can be used to drive the axial stabilization mechanism to rotate in a specific direction, so that the pan/tilt The default posture in the storage state. In this way, the convenience of operation can be improved, the risk of structural interference events can be reduced, and the product safety can be improved.
  • the vertical stabilization mechanism can also effectively reduce the impact caused by the vibration of the load in the vertical direction.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a pan/tilt control method, a pan/tilt, and a shooting system.
  • the pan/tilt includes an axial stabilization mechanism, which is used to carry a load and to drive the load around At least one axis rotates.
  • the pan/tilt can control at least one rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism to move in a specific direction, so that the pan/tilt is in the storage state, improving product safety.
  • Fig. 1 is the application scenario of the pan-tilt control method, pan-tilt and shooting system provided by the embodiment of the present application;
  • Fig. 2 is the application scene of the pan-tilt control method, pan-tilt and shooting system provided by another embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 3 is an application scene of a pan-tilt control method, a pan-tilt, and a shooting system provided by another embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 4 is a partial structural schematic diagram of a pan/tilt with a fourth axis provided in an embodiment of the present application
  • Fig. 5 is the flowchart of the pan-tilt control method that the embodiment of the present application provides
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a pan/tilt with a fourth axis provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 7 is an exploded view of the connecting arm provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of the pan/tilt provided in the embodiment of the present application in a storage state
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a pan-tilt with a fourth axis passing over the first dead point provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a pan/tilt with a fourth axis at a second dead center position provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 11 is a schematic diagram of the first height position, the second height position, the third height position and the fourth height position provided by the embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 12 is a logic diagram of closed-loop control of the pan/tilt based on the joint angle provided by the embodiment of the present application;
  • Fig. 13 is a schematic diagram of a dynamic acceleration and deceleration model provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a logic diagram of a pan-tilt control method of a shooting system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a flow chart of a pan/tilt control method provided in another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of an interactive interface displayed on a display screen provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 17 is a schematic diagram of a pan-tilt in a storage posture provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 18 is a schematic diagram of a pan-tilt in a storage posture provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 19 is the block diagram of the cloud platform that the embodiment of the present application provides.
  • FIG. 20 is a block diagram of a pan/tilt provided in another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 21 is a block diagram of a shooting system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the support of the pan-tilt can be manually rotated to a specific angle through manual adjustment. This can reduce the probability of damage to the platform and/or the load carried by the platform in a non-working state due to structural interference, or facilitate the storage of the platform and/or the load.
  • the convenience and accuracy of manually adjusting the joint angle is poor.
  • the load may be a shooting device, and the lens of the shooting device will face the subject (such as an actor, etc.), that is, the lens will face the external environment.
  • the shooting device is prone to structural interference with the corresponding structure of the gimbal and the external environment, causing structural damage.
  • the lens of the camera will easily get in contact with the body carrying the gimbal, the corresponding structure of the gimbal, external obstacles, etc. Structural interference occurs.
  • the embodiment of the present application can automatically control the pan/tilt to enter the storage posture in response to a trigger event, effectively improving the convenience of the storage operation and the accuracy of adjustment, and can also reduce the structural interference between the pan/tilt and/or the shooting device and the environment.
  • the risk of damage, or the risk of damage caused by structural interference between the gimbal and the camera For example, after a user completes a shooting process, he can use the one-key storage function to adjust the gimbal to the storage posture.
  • the load and/or the undamaged parts of the pan/tilt can be exposed to the outside, easily Damaged parts can be protected by means such as housings, brackets, etc.
  • the vertical stabilization mechanism of the gimbal in the embodiment of the present application can automatically maintain the corresponding structure of the vertical stabilization mechanism at a specific angle by means of the dead point and mechanical limit generated by the corresponding mechanical structure, Improve the reliability of the limit, and the dead point will not interfere with the relevant structure of the gimbal, which helps to ensure the smoothness of the gimbal attitude adjustment.
  • the above self-locking function can avoid shaking of the corresponding structure of the vertical stabilization mechanism on the basis of reducing energy consumption, and when the user needs to use the pan/tilt again, there is no need to manually unlock it, only need to drive the vertical
  • the self-locking release can be completed by crossing the dead point.
  • the relevant structure of the self-locking function will be specifically described in the following content.
  • the shooting system includes a shooting device and a cloud platform.
  • the cloud platform may have a vertical stabilization mechanism and an axial stabilization mechanism located on the vertical stabilization mechanism.
  • the vertical stabilization mechanism is used to carry the axial stabilization mechanism.
  • the stabilizing mechanism is used to drive the axial stabilizing mechanism to rotate in a specific direction to offset the vibration of the load in the vertical direction.
  • the axial stabilizing mechanism is used to carry the load and is used to drive the load to rotate around at least one axis.
  • the load can be fixed on the axial stabilization mechanism, and the above-mentioned counteracting the vibration of the load in the vertical direction can be understood as essentially canceling the vibration of the axial stabilization mechanism in the vertical direction.
  • the cloud platform can be placed on the ground mobile platform, such as a car, robot, etc. that can be set to move on the ground.
  • the cloud platform can also be set on the aerial mobile platform, as can be set on the unmanned aerial vehicle (UAV).
  • UAV unmanned aerial vehicle
  • the above methods help to improve the shooting effect (such as improving the anti-shake effect) and enrich the shooting techniques (such as automatic follow-up shooting, richer shooting angles, etc.).
  • there may be other types of mobile platforms such as water mobile platforms.
  • the mobile platform (such as a UAV) can also adjust the pose of the shooting device carried by the pan-tilt set on the mobile platform in response to instructions from the remote control or remote terminal, so as to improve the pan-tilt and/or capture The safety of the device and the convenience of shooting.
  • the mobile platform may include a power mechanism and a sensor system. Additionally, the mobile platform may also include a communication system.
  • the power mechanism may include one or more rotating bodies, propellers, paddles, engines, motors, wheels, bearings, magnets, and nozzles.
  • the rotating body of the power mechanism may be a self-tightening rotating body, a rotating body assembly, or other rotating body power units.
  • a mobile platform can have one or more power mechanisms. All power mechanisms can be of the same type or of different types.
  • the power mechanism enables the mobile platform to take off vertically from a surface, or land vertically on a surface, without requiring any horizontal movement of the mobile platform (eg, without needing to taxi on a runway).
  • the mobile platform may have multiple horizontal rotating bodies to control the lifting and/or pushing of the mobile platform.
  • the sensing system may include one or more sensors to include, but not limited to, sense surrounding obstacles, spatial orientation, velocity and/or acceleration (eg, rotation and translation with respect to up to three degrees of freedom) of the mobile platform.
  • sensors to include, but not limited to, sense surrounding obstacles, spatial orientation, velocity and/or acceleration (eg, rotation and translation with respect to up to three degrees of freedom) of the mobile platform.
  • the photographing system 200 includes a photographing device and a pan/tilt, and the pan/tilt can adjust the photographing angle and viewfinder range of the photographing device.
  • the platform includes a vertical stabilization mechanism 22 , an axial stabilization mechanism 24 and a base 26 .
  • the axial stabilizing mechanism 24 is carried on the vertical stabilizing mechanism 22
  • the vertical stabilizing mechanism 22 is carried on the base 26 .
  • the base 26 may include a handle component held by the user, so as to facilitate the holding and use of the camera system 200 .
  • the base 26 can also be arranged on mobile platforms such as the UAV, trolley, and robot described above.
  • the gimbal may not include the vertical stabilization mechanism, and the storage of the gimbal is realized through the translational control of the axial stabilization mechanism in the gimbal.
  • the shooting system includes a shooting device, a cloud platform 30, and the cloud platform 30 includes an axial stabilization mechanism 32, and the axial stabilization mechanism 32 can include at least one rotating shaft mechanism, and each rotating shaft mechanism can include a supporting motor to drive movement of the load.
  • the axial stabilization mechanism 32 may also include a structure enabling translation of the load.
  • the axial stabilization mechanism 32 includes two shaft arms 322, 323, both of which are arranged on the handle assembly 31, and the two shaft arms 322, 323 can move linearly relative to the handle assembly 31 and generate Rotational movement.
  • the shaft arm 322 can move vertically relative to the handle assembly 31
  • the shaft arm 323 can move horizontally relative to the shaft arm 322 .
  • the shaft arm 322 is fixed on the driving motor 321 of the axial stabilization mechanism, and the driving motor 321 can drive the shaft arm 322 and the shaft arm 323 to rotate around the yaw axis.
  • the above-mentioned vertical translation and/or horizontal translation may be driven by human power or by a motor, which is not limited herein.
  • the axial stabilization mechanism may only include a rotating shaft mechanism, so that the load rotates about at least one or more axes.
  • the axial stabilizing mechanism can be integrally driven to move in translation along one or more directions, such as the vertical direction, so as to realize the storage of the pan/tilt.
  • the handle assembly 31 may include a display screen to display the data captured by the load, for example, the handle assembly 31 may be the main body of an electronic device (such as a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a wearable device, etc.).
  • an electronic device such as a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a wearable device, etc.
  • the pan-tilt control method, pan-tilt and shooting system provided by the present application may also have other application scenarios where applicable, and the purpose is to realize the rotation axis through an axial direction different from the rotation axis.
  • the movement of at least one rotating shaft mechanism in the stabilization mechanism realizes the automatic storage of the pan/tilt, so as to reduce space occupation and reduce the risk of structural interference.
  • self-locking can be performed by means of the dead point caused by the mechanical limit and the mechanical mechanism.
  • the user can send an instruction to the gimbal to enter the storage mode, so that the gimbal automatically adjusts to the storage posture, so as to improve the safety and convenience of operation of the gimbal and/or the shooting device.
  • the load includes, but is not limited to, a photographing device, an acoustic detection device, a surveying device, a spraying device, an infrared detection device, a radar, and the like.
  • the photographing device may have a camera capable of photographing images or videos, and the photographing device includes but is not limited to a camera, a video camera, or a mobile phone or a tablet computer with an imaging function.
  • the axial stabilization mechanism can realize rotation around a single axis, two axes, or three axes. Specifically, an example is given by taking an example in which the axial stabilization mechanism can rotate around three axes, specifically, it can rotate around a yaw axis, a roll axis, and a pitch axis.
  • the axial stabilization mechanism includes a first axis driver, a first bracket, a second axis driver, a second bracket and a third axis driver.
  • the first bracket is connected to the first axis driver and is drivable to rotate about the first axis by the first axis driver.
  • the second axis driver is fixed on the end of the first bracket away from the first axis driver.
  • the second bracket is connected to the second axis driver and is drivable to rotate about the second axis by the second axis driver.
  • the third axis drive is fixedly arranged at the end of the second support remote from the second axis drive.
  • the photographing device is connected to the third axis driver and can be driven by the third axis driver to rotate about the third axis.
  • the first axis driver, the second axis driver and the third axis driver may be brushless motors or the like.
  • the axial stabilization mechanism may also include a sensor.
  • the sensor may be configured to sense pose information of the photographing device.
  • the sensor may include an inertial measurement unit (Inertial Measurement Unit, IMU for short).
  • IMU Inertial Measurement Unit
  • the sensors may include angle sensors, such as photoelectric encoders, Hall sensors, for measuring the rotation angle of each axis driver of the axial stabilization mechanism.
  • angle sensors such as photoelectric encoders, Hall sensors, for measuring the rotation angle of each axis driver of the axial stabilization mechanism.
  • the types of sensors are not limited to the above examples.
  • the axial stabilization mechanism may further include a processor, and the processor may be configured to control at least one of the first axis driver, the second axis driver, and the third axis driver according to the attitude information obtained by the sensor, so as to eliminate The influence of the vibration of the system in the axis direction on the shooting effect. That is, the gimbal has a stabilizing function in the axial direction, and can be regarded as a stabilizing mechanism in the axial direction.
  • the processor may control at least one of the first axis driver, the second axis driver and the third axis driver to rotate in a direction opposite to the vibration direction of the camera, so as to eliminate the effect of the vibration of the camera on the axis direction on the camera. Impact.
  • the processor can also be used to control at least one of the first axis driver, the second axis driver and the third axis driver in response to a control instruction from the user, so as to realize the shooting angle desired by the user Or targeted photography.
  • the axial stabilization mechanism can be arranged at one end of the vertical stabilization mechanism.
  • the connecting lines of the first axis driver, the second axis driver and the third axis driver in the axial stabilization mechanism can be arranged in the vertical stabilization mechanism so as to be arranged on the platform carrying the vertical stabilization mechanism (as mentioned above). to the processor, power supply, etc. in the dock).
  • the processors in the axial stabilization mechanism can be integrated in the platform, but it is not limited here.
  • the vertical stabilization mechanism includes a vertical stabilization motor 62 , an axial stabilization mechanism connecting portion 80 and a connecting arm 223 .
  • the vertical stabilizing motor 62 can be arranged on a platform carrying a vertical stabilizing mechanism, such as the base 26, the first end of the connecting arm 223 is fixedly connected with the rotating part of the vertical stabilizing motor 62, and the connecting arm 223 The second end is connected with the axial stability increasing mechanism connection part 80 , and the axial stability increasing mechanism connection part 80 is used for connecting the axial stability increasing mechanism 24 .
  • the vertical stabilization motor 62 can drive the connecting arm 223 to move, so that the connecting arm 223 drives the axial stabilization mechanism connecting portion 80 to move vertically.
  • the vertical stabilization motor 62 can adopt various types of motors, for example, brushless motors. Therefore, the vertical stabilizing mechanism can utilize the vertical stabilizing motor 62 to drive the axial stabilizing mechanism and the photographing device arranged at the axial stabilizing mechanism along the direction opposite to the vibration of the photographing device in the vertical direction (gravity direction). The direction of movement, so that the vibration of the camera in the vertical direction can be compensated. Therefore, image shake caused by vibration of the photographing device in the vertical direction during image capturing can be improved.
  • the connecting arm 223 can transmit the rotation of the vertical stabilizing motor 62 to the connecting part 80 of the axial stabilizing mechanism, so that the connecting part 80 of the axial stabilizing mechanism can move in the vertical direction, and the shaft fixed on the connecting arm 223 can be adjusted. Stabilization is performed toward the connection portion 80 of the stabilization mechanism, thereby achieving vertical stabilization of the photographing device disposed on the connection portion 80 of the axial stabilization mechanism.
  • the connecting arm 223 may include a deformation mechanism, and the vertical stabilization motor 62 may drive the deformation mechanism to deform, so that the connecting arm 223 drives the axial stabilization mechanism connection portion 80 to move in the vertical direction, wherein the deformation
  • the mechanism may include a parallelogram mechanism.
  • the gimbal may also include a sensing system.
  • the sensor system may further include one or more sensors, including but not limited to GPS sensors, inertial measurement units, angle sensors, or image sensors.
  • the sensing data provided by the sensing system can be used to control the posture, speed and/or acceleration of the load, and can also be used to detect the environmental data of the gimbal, such as the position of obstacles.
  • the cloud platform may also include a communication system.
  • the communication system can realize the communication between the pan-tilt and the control terminal with the communication system through wired or wireless signals sent and received.
  • a communication system may include any number of transmitters, receivers, and/or transceivers for wireless communication.
  • Communication can be unidirectional so that data is sent in one direction.
  • one-way communication can include that only the gimbal transmits data to the load, or vice versa.
  • One or more transmitters of the communication system can send data to one or more receivers of the communication system, and vice versa.
  • the communication can be bi-directional, so that data can be transmitted in both directions between the pan/tilt and the load. Two-way communication involves that one or more transmitters of the communication system can send data to one or more receivers of the communication system, and vice versa.
  • the cloud platform can be set on the mobile platform, and the mobile platform is connected with the control terminal.
  • the control terminal can also be connected with the cloud platform or the load, and the control terminal can provide control instructions to one or more of the cloud platform and the load, and receive information from one or more of the cloud platform and the load, wherein, The sensed information transmitted from the load includes data captured by the load or the status of the load.
  • the control data of the control terminal can control the pan/tilt, such as controlling the attitude change and motion mode of the pan/tilt.
  • the control data of the control terminal can also control the load, such as controlling the operation of the shooting device or other image capture equipment (capturing still or moving images, zooming, turning on or off, switching imaging modes, changing image resolution, changing focal length, changing depth of field, changing exposure time, changing viewing angle or field of view).
  • communications to the gimbal and/or payload may include information from one or more sensors.
  • the communication may also include sensing information transmitted from one or more different types of sensors (such as GPS sensors, inertial sensors, joint angle sensors, or image sensors), the sensing information is about the position of the gimbal and/or the load (such as orientation, position), motion, or acceleration.
  • one or more of the pan/tilt and the load may include a communication module for communicating with the control terminal, so that the control terminal can communicate or control the pan/tilt and the load independently.
  • the control terminal may be a remote controller of the pan/tilt, or may be an intelligent electronic device such as a mobile phone, an iPad, or a wearable electronic device that can be used to control the pan/tilt.
  • the pan/tilt can communicate with other remote devices except the control terminal, or remote devices other than the control terminal.
  • the control terminal can also communicate with another remote device and PTZ.
  • the pan/tilt and/or the control terminal can communicate with another mobile platform or a payload of another mobile platform.
  • Additional remote devices may be other terminals or other computing devices (such as computers, desktops, tablets, smartphones, or other mobile devices), when desired.
  • the remote device can transmit data to the pan-tilt, receive data from the pan-tilt, transmit data to the control terminal, and/or receive data from the control terminal.
  • the remote device can be connected to the Internet or other telecommunication networks, so that the data received from the pan/tilt and/or the control terminal can be uploaded to a website or server.
  • the pan/tilt may further include an input unit for receiving user operations and generating control instructions corresponding to the user operations, the control instructions include but are not limited to controlling the motor to drive the arm to move.
  • the input unit includes, but is not limited to, mechanical input units (such as keys and mechanical joysticks), and virtual keys (such as information input windows and virtual joysticks).
  • a processor may be arranged in the input part, and is used for processing the input control instruction, or sending and receiving signals, and the like. Certainly, the processor can also be arranged in the above-mentioned handle assembly.
  • the gimbal may also include a display for displaying information about the gimbal and/or the payload regarding position, translational velocity, translational acceleration, direction, angular velocity, angular acceleration, or a combination thereof.
  • the display can be used to obtain information sent by the load, such as sensing data (images recorded by cameras or other image capture devices), described attitude information, control feedback data, etc.
  • the display can be integrated into the body of the pan-tilt, or can be detachably connected with the body of the pan-tilt.
  • pan/tilt is only an exemplary description of the pan/tilt.
  • the load and the pan/tilt can be integrated or separated, which is not limited here.
  • the method for controlling the pan/tilt may include operation S520 to operation S540.
  • the gimbal includes an axial stabilization mechanism for carrying a load and for driving the load to rotate around at least one axis, such as around a yaw axis, a pitch axis, and a roll axis. At least one axis rotates.
  • the trigger event indicating that the gimbal enters the storage mode includes, but is not limited to: receiving a user operation indicating that it enters dormancy, receiving a user operation indicating that it is powered off, receiving a signal indicating that the load exceeds a load threshold, and the like.
  • the current of the corresponding motor may have exceeded the current threshold, but it still cannot drive the load to move or cannot drive the load to move according to the expected movement effect. If you continue to increase the current to achieve the desired motion effect, it may cause the motor to burn out.
  • the gimbal can be triggered to enter the storage mode.
  • the trigger event may be a user operation that a physical key is pressed.
  • the handle component of the gimbal is provided with a physical button corresponding to the one-key storage function or the power-off function.
  • these two functions can share a button.
  • the corresponding operation instruction is sleep; No specific limitation is made here.
  • the above two functions may also be separately provided with a physical button.
  • the gimbal is in shutdown mode or storage mode, press (short press or long press) the power button to enter the working mode (such as controlling the gimbal to be in the unfolded state).
  • the storage mode can also be triggered by pressing the button of the remote control, wherein the remote control can communicate with the pan/tilt, or the remote control can communicate with the mobile platform carrying the pan/tilt, and the mobile platform transmits the trigger event to the cloud Taiwan, not specifically limited here.
  • the triggering event may be a user operation on a display component (such as a button) of the interactive interface.
  • a display component such as a button
  • the pan/tilt includes a display
  • the interactive interface displayed on the display includes display components such as virtual buttons, sliders, and command input boxes corresponding to the storage mode, and the user generates the trigger event by operating the display components.
  • the virtual button can also be set on the remote controller that communicates with the pan/tilt or the mobile platform.
  • the triggering event may be an event of successful identity authentication, such as successful identity authentication based on biometric features. Including but not limited to: face recognition, fingerprint recognition or iris recognition for identity authentication.
  • the identity authentication process can also be realized through a remote controller that communicates with the pan/tilt or the mobile platform.
  • the triggering event may be an event that the pan/tilt moves according to a preset track. For example, when the movement track of the gimbal is shaking from side to side, trigger to enter the storage mode.
  • the triggering event may be an event that the posture of the gimbal passively changes to a preset posture. For example, when the user manually rotates the rotating shaft structure of the axial stabilization mechanism in the gimbal so that the rotating shaft structure rotates to a preset posture, it is triggered to enter the storage mode.
  • the load and the pan/tilt after responding to a trigger event indicating that the pan/tilt enters the storage mode, and after controlling at least one rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism along a specific Before the direction of movement occurs, it can first judge whether there is a load on the gimbal, and prompt the user when there is a load on the gimbal.
  • the prompt information includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: not suitable for storage, the load is not removed, there is a risk of interference, etc.
  • the way of judging whether there is a load on the gimbal can be judged by the output torque of the motor. In this way, misoperation during normal use and damage to the load can be avoided.
  • the target storage position corresponding to the storage state in the storage mode may be preset, for example, it has been set before the pan/tilt leaves the factory.
  • the target storage location can also be customized by the user.
  • the pan/tilt may have multiple different preset storage positions to meet specific requirements in multiple scenarios. For example, take the shooting device carried by the pan-tilt as an example.
  • the shooting device is equipped with a high-magnification lens.
  • the target storage position can be set to the corresponding position after turning 180° towards the shooting target. .
  • the target storage position may be set to move downward to a specified position, so as to fully utilize the vertical space occupied by the pan/tilt.
  • the target storage position may be set to be rotated downward by 45° relative to the horizontal direction.
  • the target storage position can also be determined according to the load carried by the gimbal. For example, for a load with a short lens length (such as a mobile phone with a shooting function), the target storage position corresponds to the need not to control the load to rotate 180 degrees around the yaw axis. ° etc.
  • the target storage position corresponds to the position where the telephoto lens faces the sky in the vertical direction.
  • At least one rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism is controlled to move in a specific direction, wherein the specific direction is different from the axial direction of the axis, so that the pan/tilt is in the storage state.
  • the storage mode may include adjustments to the pose of the axial stabilization mechanism, and may also include adjustments to at least one of the power supply state of the gimbal and the power supply state of the load.
  • the adjustment of the posture of the axial stabilization mechanism includes using the adjustment of the vertical stabilization mechanism to accomplish.
  • the power supply state of the pan/tilt includes but not limited to: a power-on state and a power-off state, and the power-on state includes a normal working state and a sleep state.
  • the power supply state of the load includes but is not limited to: a power-on state and a power-off state, and the power-on state includes a normal working state and a sleep state.
  • a motor or other power source may be used to provide driving force to drive at least one rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism to move in a specific direction, so as to realize automatic storage.
  • the power source can also be a linear motor, a hydraulic cylinder, an air cylinder, a group of magnets, and the like.
  • controlling at least one rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism to move in a specific direction may include: controlling at least one rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism to move in a specific direction.
  • the shaft arm 322 can move vertically relative to the handle assembly 31
  • the shaft arm 323 can move horizontally relative to the shaft arm 322 .
  • the specific direction may be parallel to the axial direction of an axis around which a certain load in the axial stabilization mechanism may rotate.
  • controlling at least one rotating shaft structure in the axial stability increasing mechanism to move in a specific direction may include: controlling the axial stability increasing mechanism to rotate in a specific direction.
  • the entirety of the axial stabilization mechanism can be controlled to rotate around a specific direction, so as to achieve translation along the direction of gravity.
  • the above-mentioned translation includes moving along a straight line or moving substantially along a straight line.
  • the overall motion track of the axial stabilization mechanism can be considered to be basically moving along a straight line.
  • the connecting arm of the vertical stabilization mechanism rotates, the overall motion trajectory of the axial stabilization mechanism can be approximated as a translation trajectory.
  • the gimbal also includes a vertical stabilization mechanism 22, the vertical stabilization mechanism 22 is used to carry the axial stabilization mechanism 24, and is used to drive the axial stabilization mechanism 24 along the The rotation occurs in a specific direction to counteract the vibration of the load in the vertical direction.
  • the vertical stabilization mechanism 22 may include a connecting arm 223 capable of rotating around a specific direction, and the axial stabilization mechanism 24 is connected to one end of the connecting arm 223 .
  • the connecting arm 223 rotates around a specific direction
  • one end of the connecting arm 223 connected to the axial stabilization mechanism 24 can move between the first height position H1 and the second height position H2, so as to counteract the load in the vertical direction. shake.
  • one end of the connecting arm 223 connected to the axial stabilization mechanism 24 can be kept at the first height position H1 or the second height position H2.
  • the vertical stabilization mechanism 22 may further include a connecting rod 66 and a hinge 64.
  • One end of the stabilizing shaft is rotatably connected, or the two ends of the connecting rod 66 are rotatably connected to the hinge 64 and the waist of the connecting arm 223 respectively.
  • One end of the connecting arm 223 can rotate around the connecting shaft 28 , specifically, the connecting arm 223 is driven by the connecting rod 66 , and the connecting rod 66 is driven by the hinge 64 , and the hinge 64 can rotate around the axis R.
  • the axis R may be in the same direction as the shaft center of the rotating part (such as the rotor) of the vertical stabilization motor 62′.
  • the pan/tilt further includes a base 26
  • the vertical stabilization mechanism 22 includes a vertical stabilization motor 62
  • the vertical stabilization motor 62 is mounted on the base 26
  • the hinge 64 is fixed on the rotating shaft of the vertical stabilization motor 62.
  • controlling the axial stabilization mechanism 24 to rotate in a specific direction includes: controlling the vertical stabilization motor 62 to drive the hinge 64 to rotate, so that the hinge 64 drives the connecting arm 223 to rotate through the connecting rod 66, so that the axial stabilization mechanism 24 to rotate in a specific direction.
  • the structure of the connecting arm 223 shown in FIG. 4 and FIG. 7 can be referred to to further illustrate the driving principle of the connecting arm 223 .
  • one end of the connecting arm 223 is rotatably fixed on the base 26, and the other end of the connecting arm 223 is provided with an axial stabilizing mechanism connecting portion 80, so that the connecting arm 223 can connect the vertical stabilizing motor
  • the torque output by 62 is transmitted to the axial stability increasing mechanism connecting portion 80, so that the axial stabilizing mechanism connecting portion 80 moves vertically, and then drives the axial stabilizing mechanism 24 to move vertically.
  • the connecting arm 223 may include a single arm, or may be composed of multiple components.
  • the connecting arm 223 is constituted by a plurality of components as an example for illustration, and the connecting arm 223 may include a parallelogram mechanism.
  • the parallelogram mechanism includes a first link arm 222, a second link arm 224, a first support arm 226 rotatably connected to the first link arm 222 and the second link arm 224, and a second support arm fixedly connected to the base 26. Arm 228 .
  • the first connecting arm 222 and the second connecting arm 224 are parallel to each other
  • the axial stabilizing mechanism connecting portion 80 is connected to the first supporting arm 226, and the vertical stabilizing motor 62 is drivingly connected to the first connecting arm 222 or the second connecting arm 226.
  • the other end of the first connecting arm 222 is rotatably connected to the second supporting arm 228 through the hinge point S3 and the other end of the second connecting arm 224 is respectively rotatably connected to the first supporting arm 226 through the hinge point S4.
  • the second support arm 228 can be regarded as a relatively fixed part, that is, a non-movable part, and the first connecting arm 222, the second connecting arm 224 and the first supporting arm 226 are relatively The second support arm 228 moves.
  • the parallelogram mechanism can be regarded as a four-bar linkage mechanism, that is, the first connecting arm 222, the second connecting arm 224, the first supporting arm 226 and the second supporting arm 228 can be regarded as a four-bar linkage The four arms of the mechanism.
  • the vertical stabilizing motor 62 is rotatably connected to at least one of the first connecting arm 222 or the second connecting arm 224, and drives the first connecting arm 222 and/or the second connecting arm 224 relative to the second support
  • the arm 228 rotates clockwise or counterclockwise, thereby raising or lowering the first support arm 226 .
  • the parallelogram mechanism can further include an elastic member 50 configured to provide an elastic force
  • the vertical component of the elastic force generated by the elastic member 50 can be used to At least balance the weight of the load.
  • the connecting arm 223 can rotate relative to the base 26 to adjust the position of the load carried by the axial stabilizing mechanism connecting portion 80 through vertical movement, so as to balance the load carried by the shaft.
  • Loads of varying weights to the stabilization mechanism For example, when the weight of the load is relatively large, the degree of deformation of the elastic member 50 can be increased to provide greater elastic force.
  • the elastic member 50 helps the connecting arm 223 to reduce the output torque of the vertical stabilization motor 62 in order to support the load.
  • the elastic component 50 includes a spring
  • the degree of deformation of the elastic component 50 may include the deformed length of the spring.
  • the connecting rod 66 and the vertical stabilization motor can form a crank-slider mechanism, and the connecting arm 223 can be driven by the crank-slider mechanism.
  • the hinge point of the connecting rod 66 and the hinge is denoted as S.
  • the center of rotation of the vertical stabilization motor 62 is denoted as R, and the line of the hinge point S and the axis R of the vertical stabilization motor 62 can be denoted as SR (non-physical structure) and considered as the crank of the crank-slider mechanism
  • the connecting rod 66 can be regarded as a slider of the crank-slider structure, and the connecting rod 66 can be driven by the crank.
  • the first end of the hinge 64 (as shown by the dotted line SR in FIGS. 6 and 8 ) is connected to the vertical stabilization motor 62 in a coaxial rotation manner (wherein, the hinge 64 rotates around the vertical stabilization motor 62 axis R), and the second end of the hinge 64 is hinged to the first end of the link 66 .
  • the second end of the link 66 is hinged to the second link arm 224 or the first link arm 222 .
  • the second connecting arm 224 is rotatable relative to the second supporting arm 228 .
  • the vertical stabilization motor 62 may be secured to the second support arm 228 .
  • the second connecting arm 224 can be driven by the connecting rod 66 to reciprocate up and down, and has a first height The position H1 (ie the lowest position, shown in FIG. 11 ) and the second height position H2 (ie the highest position, shown in FIG. 11 ).
  • H1 ie the lowest position, shown in FIG. 11
  • H2 the highest position, shown in FIG. 11
  • link 66 and hinge 64 extend in two opposite directions.
  • the relative positional relationship between the connecting rod 66 and the hinge 64 can be other than the content described above, for example, in the lowest position, the connecting rod 66 and the hinge 64 are in two opposite direction, at the highest position, the connecting rod 66 and the hinge 64 are folded toward each other, and this relationship can be determined specifically according to the relative positional relationship of the vertical stabilization motor 62 with respect to the first connecting arm 222 or the second connecting arm 224 .
  • bracket of the pan/tilt in order to keep the bracket of the pan/tilt at a specific angle, it can be locked by a mechanical lock.
  • lock by latch and hole fit.
  • this requires holes to be drilled on the pan-tilt, and a bolt that can move relative to the pan-tilt needs to be provided, which will affect the appearance and mechanical strength of the pan-tilt, and the cost is relatively high.
  • the hinge 64 and link 66 are folded toward each other such that the link 66 and hinge 64 at least partially overlap to form a first dead center position.
  • the hinge 64 and link 66 extend in two opposite directions and are thus connected in a straight line to form a second dead center.
  • the connecting arm 223 for setting the axial stabilization mechanism 24 remains at the first height position H1 or the second height position H2.
  • the connecting arm 223 may be in a self-locking state.
  • the connecting arm 223 receives an external force in the self-locking state, the connecting arm 223 remains stationary relative to the base 26 .
  • the self-locking state can be realized at least partly by means of the above-mentioned dead point.
  • the self-locking state is realized by controlling the hinge 64 to be at the dead point so that the connecting arm 223 will not rotate even if it is subjected to an external force (such as the force applied to the connecting arm 223 by the user or gravity, etc.).
  • the support of the pan/tilt can also be kept at a specific angle or limited within a specific angle range (eg, between angle a and angle b) by setting a limiting structure.
  • a specific angle range eg, between angle a and angle b
  • the support of the pan/tilt can also be kept at a specific angle or limited within a specific angle range (eg, between angle a and angle b) by setting a limiting structure.
  • a pair of mechanical limit structures are set to limit the corresponding structures of the vertical stabilization mechanisms within a specific angle range, then It is necessary that at least one of the paired mechanical limit structures will interfere with the vertical stability enhancement mechanism to hinder the movement of the vertical stability enhancement mechanism, so as to limit the corresponding structure of the vertical stability enhancement mechanism to angles a and between angle b.
  • the hindering effect is strong, the corresponding structure of the vertical stabilization mechanism needs to be adjusted to the angle c (outside the angle a and angle b), resulting in an unsmooth adjustment. If the blocking effect is weak, it may cause the corresponding structure of the vertical stabilization mechanism 22 to be easily disengaged from the specific range, resulting in failure of position limitation.
  • a mechanical limit structure can be provided to stop the continuous movement of the connecting rod when the vertical stabilization motor drives the connecting rod through one of the above dead points.
  • the combination of the dead point and the mechanical limit structure can make the support of the pan/tilt reliably keep within a specific angle range, so as to realize the self-locking function.
  • the motor drives the hinge to cross the dead point, so that the corresponding structure of the vertical stability increasing mechanism is adjusted outside the specific angle range, releasing Self-locking.
  • the mechanical limit structure can be disposed on the connecting arm.
  • the connecting rod resists the mechanical limit structure to prevent the load from moving in a specific vertical direction.
  • the connecting arm can rotate relative to the base, and the load carried by the connection part of the axial stabilization mechanism can move in the vertical direction.
  • the connecting rod resists the mechanical limit structure to prevent the load from moving in a specific vertical direction. In this way, when the vertical stabilization motor rotates to a preset angle, if the load or the connecting arm has a tendency to move in a specific vertical direction, the load is restricted from moving in a specific vertical direction under the blocking action of the mechanical limit structure .
  • the pan/tilt also includes a first mechanical limit structure 65, which is used to limit the connecting rod 66 or the hinge 64, so that when the hinge 64 rotates in the first direction, the distance between the connecting arm 223 and the One end of the vertical stabilization mechanism is limited to the third height position ( H3 , shown in FIG. 11 ) under the force of gravity. At this moment, mechanical interference occurs between the connecting rod 66 and the first mechanical limit structure 65 .
  • the first mechanical limit structure 65 may be arranged at or near the position corresponding to the lowest position. Specifically, the first mechanical limit structure 65 may be arranged at the second connecting arm 224 , such as the outer side of the second connecting arm 224 .
  • the vertical stabilization motor 62 drives the hinge 64 to rotate clockwise
  • the second connecting arm 224 can rotate clockwise and descend continuously.
  • the hinge 64 and the connecting rod 66 overlap each other, the second connecting arm 224 will reach the lowest position. The lowest position corresponds to the clockwise extreme position of the slider crank mechanism. If it continues to rotate a small amount in the clockwise direction, the connecting rod 66 will contact the first mechanical stop structure 65 .
  • the second connecting arm 224 at the lowest position has a tendency to move upward.
  • the tendency of the second connecting arm 224 to move upward will translate into a tendency of the hinge 64 and connecting rod 66 to rotate counterclockwise. Due to the blocking of the first mechanical limit structure 65, the hinge 64 and the connecting rod 66 cannot continue to rotate counterclockwise, so that the hinge 64, the connecting rod 66, the second connecting arm 224, etc. can be stably fixed on the first mechanical limit structure 65. Location. Therefore, even if the vertical stabilization motor 62 is powered off, the state of the connecting rod 66 and the axial stabilization mechanism 24 can be locked.
  • the first mechanical limiting structure 65 can cooperate with the dead point adjacent thereto to limit the connecting arm 223 .
  • controlling at least one rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism 24 to move in a specific direction so that the platform is in the storage state may include: in response to the trigger event, controlling the movement of the vertical stabilization mechanism 22
  • the vertical stabilizing motor 62 drives the end of the connecting arm 223 connected to the axial stabilizing mechanism 24 to be located between the first height position H1 and the third height position H3, so that the end of the connecting arm 223 connected to the axial stabilizing mechanism 24 is at It is limited at the third height position H3 under the action of gravity.
  • the first mechanical limit structure 65 and the first dead point position can be used as the boundaries of the limit range respectively to realize the self-locking function.
  • the axial stabilizing mechanism 24 and the connecting arm 223 will make the connecting rod 66 have a tendency to move toward the direction of the first mechanical limit structure 65, so as to be limited by the first mechanical limit.
  • the structure 65 is used for limiting.
  • the force cannot provide a force component that makes the connecting arm 223 cross the first dead point position, thereby achieving the first dead point position. limit. In this way, a stable self-locking function is effectively realized.
  • the vertical stabilization motor 62 can give the connecting arm 223 a lock via the connecting rod 66 . 223 provides driving force to cross the first dead center position to realize the automatic unlocking function. During this period, there is no need for users to manually lock or unlock, which effectively improves the convenience of user operations.
  • the connecting arm 223 moves from the current height position to the first height position H1 under the action of gravity or driven by the vertical stabilization motor 62 .
  • the motor is required to provide power to make the hinge 64 cross the first dead point, so that the free end of the connecting arm 223 tends to the third height position H3 from the first height position H1.
  • the connecting arm 223 moves to the third height position H3 under the action of gravity or driven by the vertical stabilizing motor 62.
  • the connecting rod 66 and the first mechanical limit structure 65 Mechanical interference occurs between them, so that the first mechanical limiting structure 65 can limit the connecting rod 66 , and then realize the limiting of the connecting arm 223 .
  • the pan/tilt also includes a second mechanical limit structure 67, which is used to limit the connecting rod 66 or the hinge 64, so that when the hinge 64 rotates in the second direction, the connection axis of the connecting arm 223 increases.
  • One end of the stabilizing mechanism 24 is limited to the fourth height position (H4, shown in FIG. 11 ) under the action of gravity, and the first direction is opposite to the second direction. mechanical interference occurs.
  • the second mechanical limit structure 67 may be arranged at or near the position corresponding to the highest position.
  • the first mechanical limit structure 67 may be arranged at the first connecting arm 222 , such as outside the first connecting arm 222 .
  • the vertical stabilization motor 62 drives the hinge 64 to rotate counterclockwise
  • the second connecting arm 224 can rotate counterclockwise and rise continuously.
  • the hinge 64 and link 66 extend in line, the second connecting arm 224 will reach the highest position.
  • the highest position corresponds to the counterclockwise extreme position of the slider crank mechanism. If it continues to rotate counterclockwise for a small amount, the connecting rod 66 will contact the second mechanical stop structure 67 .
  • the first connecting arm 222 at the highest position has a tendency to move downward.
  • the downward movement of a connecting arm 222 will translate into a clockwise rotation tendency of the hinge 64 and connecting rod 66 .
  • Due to the blocking of the second mechanical limit structure 67 the hinge 64 and the connecting rod 66 cannot continue to rotate clockwise, so that the hinge 64, the connecting rod 66, the first connecting arm 222, etc. can be stably fixed on the second mechanical limit structure 67. Location. Therefore, even if the vertical stabilization motor 62 is powered off, the state of the connecting rod 66 and the axial stabilization mechanism 24 can be locked.
  • controlling at least one rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism 24 to move in a specific direction so that the platform is in the storage state may include: controlling the vertical stabilization motor 62 to drive the connecting arm for One end of the axial stabilizing mechanism 24 is located between the second height position H2 and the fourth height position H4, so that the end of the connecting arm 223 used for setting the axial stabilizing mechanism 24 is limited at the fourth height under the action of gravity. Height position H4.
  • the positions of the second mechanical limit structure 67 and the second dead point can be used as the boundaries of the limit range respectively to realize the self-locking function.
  • the connecting arm 223 is driven by the vertical stabilization motor 62 to move from the current height position to the second height position H2.
  • the motor is required to provide power to make the hinge 64 cross the second dead point, so that the free end of the connecting arm 223 tends to the fourth height position H4 from the second height position H2.
  • the connecting arm 223 moves to the fourth height position H4 under the action of gravity or driven by the vertical stabilizing motor 62.
  • the interference realizes the limitation of the connecting rod 66 by the second mechanical limitation structure 67 , and further realizes the limitation of the connecting arm 223 .
  • the vertical stabilization motor 62 can be configured to drive the hinge 64 to rotate, and then drive the connecting arm 223 to move between the highest position and the lowest position through the connecting rod 66, so as to Realize the active stabilization function along the vertical direction.
  • the user can use the vertical stabilization motor 62 to rotate the second connecting arm 224 at a large angle, so that the connecting rod 66 can resist and stabilize at the first mechanical limit structure 65 or the second The position of the second mechanical stop structure 67.
  • the crank-slider mechanism can make the vertical stabilization motor 62 drive the second connecting arm 224 to swing back and forth, and can also provide a locking function for the second connecting arm 224 when the vertical stabilization motor 62 is powered off.
  • only one mechanical limit structure may also be provided.
  • only the first mechanical limiting structure 65 or only the second mechanical limiting structure 67 is provided.
  • the mechanical limit structure includes but not limited to a protruding block.
  • controlling the vertical stabilization motor 62 to drive the hinge 64 to rotate may include the following operations:
  • controlling the vertical stabilization motor to drive the hinge beyond the first dead point position may include the following operations: controlling the vertical stabilization motor to drive the hinge to rotate so that the position of the hinge is within a first specified range, the first specified The boundaries of the range include the first dead point and the first mechanical limit structure.
  • controlling the vertical stabilization motor to drive the hinge to rotate so that the position of the hinge is within a first specified range, the first specified The boundaries of the range include the first dead point and the first mechanical limit structure.
  • controlling the rotation of the hinge driven by the vertical stabilization motor so that the position of the hinge is within the first designated range may include: controlling the rotation of the hinge driven by the vertical stabilization motor through closed-loop control so that the hinge is located within the first designated range.
  • the boundary of a specified range includes the first dead point and the first mechanical limit structure.
  • the input of the closed-loop control includes target angle information and current angle information, so that the angle difference can be determined based on the difference between the target angle information and the current angle information to control the output torque of the vertical stabilization motor, so that The current angle tends towards the target angle.
  • the angle information may be joint angle information for the connecting arm, or may be rotation angle information for the rotating part of the vertical stabilization motor.
  • the angle for the connecting arm and the angle for the rotating part of the vertical stabilization motor can be converted, but there is no linear conversion relationship between the two.
  • the joint angle for the connecting arm may be a rotation angle of the connecting arm relative to a pivot shaft provided on the base.
  • the rotation angle of the rotating part of the vertical stabilization motor may be the rotation angle of the rotating part (such as the rotor of the vertical stabilization motor) relative to the fixed part (such as the stator of the vertical stabilization motor 62 ).
  • current angle information (such as current joint angle information or current rotation angle information) can be acquired by an angle sensor.
  • the target angle information is the target joint angle as an example for illustration.
  • the target joint angle is the joint angle when the connecting arm is at the target storage position, and can be preset in the storage element of the pan/tilt.
  • Angle sensors include but are not limited to: magnetic encoders or Hall sensors.
  • the target joint angle is the sum of the joint angle of the connecting arm corresponding to the first dead point and a preset joint angle angle threshold.
  • the preset angle threshold is a first preset angle threshold for the rotation angle of the connecting arm.
  • the range of the first preset angle threshold includes 2° ⁇ 3°.
  • the predetermined angle threshold is a second predetermined angle threshold for the rotation angle of the rotating portion of the vertical stabilization motor.
  • the range of the second preset angle threshold includes 5° ⁇ 6°.
  • the value ranges of the first preset angle threshold and the second preset angle threshold are different, partly because the rotation angle of the rotating part of the vertical stabilization motor is greater than the rotation angle of the connecting arm.
  • the input of the closed-loop control includes the current joint angle of the connecting arm and the target joint angle, and the target joint angle is determined based on the joint angle of the connecting arm corresponding to the first dead point.
  • the joint angle of the connecting arm is taken as the control object of the closed-loop control, which helps to reduce the amount of calculations required for conversion calculations, and improves the smoothness of the connecting arm rotation.
  • the rotation angle of the rotating part of the vertical stabilizing motor is used as the control object, when the target angle is a and the current angle is b, the rotational speed of the rotating part of the vertical stabilizing motor 62 can be controlled to be (b-a)/ t, t is the duration of a control sub-period.
  • the hinge 64 needs to drive the connecting arm 223 to rotate through the connecting rod 66, which results in a discrepancy between the speed of movement of the free end of the connecting arm 223 and the rotational speed of the rotating part of the vertical stabilizing motor 62.
  • the linear relationship also causes the rotational speed of the free end of the connecting arm 223 to be unstable due to the above-mentioned nonlinear conversion relationship, such as the speed of movement between the highest position and the lowest position fluctuates.
  • using the joint angle of the connecting arm as the control object of the closed-loop control can make the free end of the connecting arm move at a required speed (such as a preset motion speed), effectively improving the above problems.
  • the current joint angle of the link arm is determined by an angle sensor.
  • Angle sensors can include encoders or Hall sensors.
  • the encoder can be used to test the rotation angle of the connecting arm or the rotating part of the vertical stabilization motor.
  • the Hall sensor can be used to test the rotation angle of the rotating part of the vertical stabilization motor.
  • the encoder can be used to measure the absolute angle value, and it is not affected by the power-on and power-off status of the gimbal.
  • the Hall sensor can be used to measure the relative angle value, which will be affected by the power-on and power-off status of the gimbal.
  • the Hall sensor will use the current angle value as a reference (for example, set it to 0°) to determine the angle change, that is, after the connecting arm is powered off and powered on in different states , the measurement results for the same absolute angle value will be different.
  • the test object is the rotating part of the vertical stabilization motor, it is necessary to convert the tested angle into the rotating angle of the connecting arm.
  • the target joint angle of the gimbal is set as the lower limit of the joint angle, and a certain dead zone is added (the angle of rotation of the connecting arm 223 corresponding to the angle W shown in FIG. 9, the joint angle is refers to the angle of the connecting arm 223, not the angle of rotation of the motor), which can be shown in formula (1).
  • Ttar_joint_angle is the target joint angle of the gimbal
  • joint_limit_down is the lower limit of the joint angle of the gimbal (corresponding to the first dead point Q1 of the hinge 64)
  • dead_band is the added dead zone.
  • the purpose of adding the dead zone is because the lower limit angle of the connecting arm 223 corresponds to two motor angles (the connecting arm 223 reaches the first height position corresponding to the first dead point position or the second height position corresponding to the second dead point position). At the height position, the movement direction will be reversed, so one height position corresponds to two motor angles), one motor angle has crossed the dead point, and one motor angle has not crossed the dead point, the motor angle will first reach the angle that has not crossed the dead point, Only then will the angle beyond the dead center be reached. If the dead zone is added, after the connecting arm 223 reaches the lower limit, it will still move and cross the dead point, and then reach the angle corresponding to crossing the dead point.
  • controlling the rotation of the hinge driven by the vertical stabilization motor through closed-loop control, so that the hinge is within the first specified range may include the following operations: first, obtain the current joint angle of the connecting arm; then, based on the current joint angle The difference between the angle and the target joint angle controls the vertical stabilization motor to drive the connecting arm to rotate to the target joint angle.
  • the angle deviation between the current joint angle and the target joint angle of the connecting arm relative to the base or the handle component can be calculated in the coordinate system of the base of the gimbal, based on the angle closed-loop control method, through the joint angle
  • the deviation can determine the operating current and/or torque of the connecting arm, and the connecting arm can be controlled to rotate according to the operating current and/or the torque, so as to rotate the connecting arm to a target joint angle relative to the base or the handle assembly.
  • the current joint angle may be based on an angle collected by an angle sensor disposed in the connecting arm.
  • the target joint angle includes multiple sub-target joint angles, and the difference between two adjacent sub-target joint angles among the multiple sub-target joint angles is the same or different.
  • the closed-loop control of the gimbal can be realized through the dynamic deceleration model.
  • the dynamic acceleration and deceleration model may include a speed-time line of a preset shape.
  • the shape of the speed-time line includes, but is not limited to: an oblique line, a curved line, a broken line, etc. relative to a certain coordinate axis.
  • the speed-time line of the preset shape includes at least two kinds of sub-lines of increasing speed, sub-lines of constant speed and sub-lines of decreasing speed.
  • the target speed corresponding to the target error Err is obtained by a method such as trapezoidal speed programming.
  • the target joint angle of each control cycle is generated through dynamic trapezoidal acceleration and deceleration control planning. Trapezoidal acceleration and deceleration helps make gear changes smoother and takes less time to reach the target joint angle.
  • the joint angle closed-loop control is performed through the target joint angle of the current control cycle and the detected current joint angle until the detected current joint angle reaches the error range of the target joint angle corresponding to the storage state.
  • the error range may be a steady-state error, for example, the error range has upper and lower limits.
  • the connecting arm when the connecting arm is controlled, the connecting arm can rotate at a preset speed, and the preset speed can be preset in the storage element of the pan/tilt.
  • the preset speed may be a constant value.
  • the preset speed can also have a change trend of first increasing and then decreasing, so that the target storage position can be approached at a higher speed to reduce the time required for turning to the target storage position, and the speed can be reduced after approaching the target storage position In order to prevent hitting the limit of the connecting arm, and avoid the situation of returning after exceeding the target storage position.
  • the preset speed can also be determined according to the difference between the current position of the connecting arm and the target storage position. In this way, the preset speed can be determined in real time according to actual operation needs.
  • the preset speed can be relatively large; when the difference between the current position and the target storage position is relatively small, the preset speed can be relatively small, etc., which will not be described in detail here. limited.
  • the initial moment of the dynamic acceleration and deceleration model can increase the speed in the form of uniform acceleration or variable acceleration.
  • the form of constant speed can be used, and of course the form of variable speed can also be used.
  • the speed can be reduced in the form of uniform deceleration or variable deceleration.
  • the trapezoidal speed planning formulas are shown in formulas (6) to (8).
  • Uniform speed segment when the speed reaches the maximum speed, the motion is uniform, and the trapezoidal speed planning formula is shown in formula (7).
  • Deceleration section When the error is less than or equal to the deceleration distance, the deceleration starts.
  • the trapezoidal speed planning formula is shown in formula (8).
  • tick is the time required for a running cycle.
  • the load of the vertical stabilization motor is too high, causing abnormalities such as motor burnout
  • the above method may also include the following operations: first, obtain the output torque of the vertical stabilization motor, and then, if the output torque is greater than the preset torque, reduce the target joint angle.
  • the preset torque corresponds to the torque capable of driving the hinge to reach the first dead point or cross the first dead point.
  • the output torque is greater than the preset torque, it indicates that interference has occurred, the weight of the load is too large and the dead point has been crossed. At this time, the risk of motor burnout can be reduced by intervening in the target joint angle.
  • reducing the target joint angle may include: reducing the target joint angle to the joint angle of the connecting arm corresponding to the first dead point. Interventing the target joint angle in this way is equivalent to subtracting the preset dead zone, so as to prevent the motor from continuing to fail to reach the target joint angle because the sum of the target joint angle and the preset dead zone exceeds the angle corresponding to the first mechanical limit structure resulting in motor burnout.
  • reducing the target joint angle may include: reducing the target joint angle to the currently detected joint angle of the connecting arm. This method reduces the difference between the target joint angle and the current joint angle, and can also effectively reduce the risk of motor burnout.
  • the output torque torque of the gimbal is detected. If it is greater than the threshold (Torque>torque_set), it is considered that the motor has crossed the dead point and is stuck on the stuck point Continue to work hard.
  • the current target angle is switched to the measurement target angle by means of low-pass filtering, as shown in formula (11).
  • lp_coef is a low-pass filter coefficient
  • the size is a value of [0,1]
  • the size of the value is set by debugging in advance.
  • the error error abs(tar_joint_cur-joint_angle_mea) is less than a certain value, it is considered that the movement is in place, and the automatic storage function in response to the trigger event has been completed.
  • the trigger event may be a power-off command.
  • the error is less than a certain value, the automatic storage function of the gimbal before power-off has been completed, and a power-off command is sent to the power management system (PM).
  • PM power management system
  • a power management system is used to efficiently distribute power to the different components of the system. A good power management system can effectively extend battery life by reducing the power consumption of components when they are idle.
  • the gimbal after receiving the power-off command, the gimbal sends a power-off notification to the vertical stabilization mechanism and the axial stabilization mechanism respectively by the battery or power management system.
  • the vertical stabilization mechanism After receiving the power-off notification, first obtain the current joint angle, and switch the gimbal to the joint angle closed-loop control mode. In this mode, set the target joint angle of the gimbal to the joint angle lower limit (such as corresponding to the sum of the first mechanical limit structure and the dead zone value), and the dead zone value is 3° or other angles. Then, the target joint angle of the gimbal is gradually adjusted from the target joint angle of the current cycle to the target joint angle of the last cycle by means of trapezoidal speed planning. After reaching the target joint angle of the last cycle, the output torque of the gimbal can be detected. If the output torque is greater than the torque threshold, it can be considered that the first mechanical limit structure has been reached.
  • the target joint angle of the last cycle of the gimbal can be adjusted to the measured current joint angle through low-pass filtering.
  • the above method may also include the following operations: when the pan/tilt is in the storage state, control the pan/tilt to enter the shutdown mode, or, in response to the standby command, control the gimbal to enter the standby mode.
  • the above method may also include the following operations: in response to a trigger event, controlling at least one rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism to rotate around a corresponding axis, so that the pan/tilt is in a preset posture in the storage state.
  • the posture of at least one rotating shaft structure of the axial stabilization mechanism can be controlled to change relative to the vertical stabilization mechanism, so as to reduce the space occupied by the platform and/or the load.
  • the working surface refers to the side facing the sensor element of the load.
  • the working surface can refer to the lighting surface of the lens of the shooting device.
  • the lighting surface of the lens is located on both sides of the vertical stabilization mechanism in the storage state. between the ends.
  • the working surface may refer to the radar wave receiving surface of the surveying and mapping instrument, and the radar wave receiving surface of the surveying and mapping instrument is located between the two ends of the vertical stabilization mechanism in the storage state.
  • controlling at least one rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism to rotate around a corresponding axis includes at least one of the following: controlling the first rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism to rotate around the yaw axis to a first preset angle ; controlling the second shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism to rotate around the pitch axis to a second preset angle; controlling the third shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism to rotate around the roll axis to a third preset angle.
  • the first preset angle, the second preset angle and the third preset angle may be preset by the user.
  • connection sequence from the vertical stabilization mechanism to the load may include: the vertical stabilization mechanism, the first rotating shaft structure, the second rotating shaft structure, the third rotating shaft structure, and the load.
  • first rotating shaft structure includes the aforementioned first bracket
  • second rotating shaft structure includes the aforementioned second bracket
  • third rotating shaft structure includes a third bracket or a load fixing mechanism connected to the aforementioned third axis driver.
  • the working surface of the load tends to the vertical stabilization mechanism and/or the base of the platform, and the base is used to carry the vertical To the stabilization agency.
  • the load fixing mechanism can be controlled to rotate 180 degrees around the yaw axis, etc., so that when the load is such as a shooting device, its lens can face the base 26, reducing the interference between the lens and the external environment risk of injury.
  • the rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism 24 can also be controlled to reach the target storage position (such as a preset storage angle), such as performing a return operation.
  • the working surface of the load is away from the end of the vertical stabilization mechanism for connecting to the axial stabilization mechanism.
  • the side of the shooting device far away from the lens can be relatively close to the vertical stabilization mechanism for connecting the axial stabilization mechanism. Stabilize the end of the mechanism.
  • the side of the shooting device away from the lens faces the ground, and the lens of the shooting device faces the sky.
  • the non-long side of the camera (not the side parallel to the optical axis direction of the camera) rotates to effectively reduce the gap between the load and the base or the vertical stabilization mechanism. probability of interference.
  • the above method further includes: driving the rotation of the payload through the axial stabilization mechanism, so that the payload is separated from the vertical stabilization mechanism and/or the base of the platform.
  • the trajectory of the load can be controlled through a preset strategy to avoid interference between the load and the vertical stabilization mechanism and/or the base of the gimbal.
  • controlling rotation of the load via the axial stabilization mechanism may include controlling rotation of the load via the axial stabilization mechanism based on the type of load. For example, different types of loads, with different structures, shapes, etc., may interfere with the position of the vertical stabilization mechanism and/or the base of the pan/tilt at different locations. Therefore, separate motions can be set for different types of loads to reduce the probability of interference events.
  • controlling the rotation of the load through the axial stabilization mechanism may include: controlling the motion trajectory of the load through the axial stabilization mechanism.
  • the motion trajectory is determined based on the rotation information and the rotation order of at least two of the first rotating shaft structure, the second rotating shaft structure and the third rotating shaft structure.
  • the rotation information includes but not limited to: rotation angle, rotation speed, rotation duration, etc.
  • only one shaft may rotate in the same time period, or there may be multiple shafts that rotate simultaneously.
  • the rotation occurs around the first axis during the first time period, the rotation around the second axis occurs within the second time period, and the rotation around the third axis occurs during the third time period.
  • the rotation occurs around the first axis during the first time period, and the rotation around the first axis and the second axis occurs during the second time period.
  • the type of load or the trajectory of the load can be determined according to the model of the load.
  • the model of the load is a code that the manufacturer marks the same type of products of different specifications with numbers or letters to distinguish them.
  • the payload may be a photographing device integrated with the pan/tilt.
  • the model of the camera can be used to indicate the size of the camera and other related information, so as to determine the motion track based on the size of the camera. For example, for a large-sized shooting device, its motion track needs to meet the requirement of preventing interference between the lens and the base and/or the vertical stabilization mechanism.
  • the payload can also be a third-party shooting device detachable from the gimbal, such as a third-party camera.
  • a third-party camera Take the model number of a third-party camera as an example.
  • the model number includes numbers and letters.
  • Cameras are divided into entry-level, quasi-professional and professional-level.
  • Such as professional-grade models can include 6D, 5D, 1D and so on.
  • Quasi-professional models can include 60D, 70D, 80D, etc. Among them, the camera with fewer numbers is more professional, and the camera with higher professional degree usually has a larger lens size. The probability of the intervention of the stabilization mechanism is higher.
  • the type of the load or the trajectory of the load can also be characterized by the weight of the load, for example, the weight of the load is collected by a gravity sensor. Since the weights of different types of loads are usually distributed within a relatively concentrated weight range, corresponding control methods can be set for each weight range. For example, the weight of smartphones, tablet computers, consumer cameras, professional cameras, etc. are concentrated in different weight intervals, and the type of load or the trajectory of the load can be determined according to the weight interval where the weight of the load is located.
  • a control method corresponding to a professional-grade camera type includes: first rotate upwards 90° around the pitch axis, then rotate clockwise 180° around the yaw axis, and then rotate down 90° around the pitch axis.
  • the control methods corresponding to smartphones and card cameras include: Rotate 180° clockwise around the yaw axis.
  • the weight of the load exceeds the weight threshold or when the load is a camera with a telephoto lens
  • the user will be prompted to reduce the motor damage caused by the excessive load of the motor. risk of burning out or reducing the risk of interference due to oversizing of the load, etc.
  • the load is a shooting device with a long lens.
  • the gimbal 200 can be adjusted to a storage state, such as controlling The free end of the vertical stabilization mechanism 22 moves downward, and controls the axial stabilization mechanism 24 to adjust the attitude of the shooting device.
  • the load in the process of controlling the axial stabilization mechanism to adjust the attitude of the shooting device, firstly, the load can be controlled to rotate upward by 90° around the pitch axis, which can effectively reduce the size of the projection of the load on the hand plane (such as the projection of the lens covered by the projection of the body of the shooting device), which effectively reduces the probability of interference between the lens and the base and/or the vertical stabilization mechanism.
  • the load can then be controlled to rotate about other axes.
  • the rotation sequence of the second shaft structure precedes the rotation sequence of the first shaft structure.
  • the second rotating shaft structure rotates around the pitch axis
  • the first rotating shaft structure rotates around the yaw axis.
  • the length of the load is longer, and the first probability of interference between the non-long side of the load and the base or the vertical stabilization mechanism during rotation is smaller than that of the long side of the load with the base or the vertical stabilization mechanism during rotation.
  • the second probability of interference between mechanisms if the control load rotates directly around the yaw axis, the load may interfere with the base or the vertical stabilization mechanism.
  • the load can be controlled to rotate around the pitch axis first, so that the long side of the load (such as the side parallel to the optical axis direction of the camera) is adjusted to a direction with a low probability of interference with the base or the vertical stabilization mechanism . Then, the load is controlled to rotate around the yaw axis to effectively reduce the probability of interference between the load and the base or the vertical stabilization mechanism.
  • the axial stabilization mechanism is used to drive the load to rotate at least about the pitch axis
  • controlling the rotation of the load through the axial stabilization mechanism may include: the axial stabilization mechanism is used to drive the load at least about the pitch axis rotate.
  • controlling the rotation of the load through the axial stabilization mechanism may be to control the pitch component of the attitude of the load through the axial stabilization mechanism, so that the pitch angle of the load can be adjusted by adjusting the pitch component. Adjusting the pitch angle of the load helps to adjust the projected length of the load on the horizontal plane, which helps to reduce the probability of interference between the load and the base caused by the rotating load.
  • the respective sub-targets of the plurality of control cycles are determined based on the difference between the current joint angle of the shaft structure and the target joint angle for the shaft structure
  • the joint angle includes: based on the difference between the current joint angle and the target joint angle, determining the respective sub-target joint angles of multiple control cycles through a dynamic acceleration and deceleration model.
  • At least one rotating shaft structure may be controlled to rotate to the sub-target joint angle based on the difference between the current joint angle and the sub-target joint angle.
  • the target joint angle for the closed-loop control of the rotating shaft stabilization mechanism is a preset target value.
  • the storage angle for the roll axis is 0°
  • the storage angle for the pitch axis is 0°
  • the storage angle for the yaw axis is 180°.
  • the joint angle deviation between the current joint angle and the sub-target joint angle is calculated, and the working current and/or torque of the motor of the rotating shaft structure can be determined through the joint angle deviation.
  • the rotation of the rotor of the rotating shaft structure can be controlled to rotate the rotating shaft structure to a target joint angle. In this way, the rotating shaft structure can be adjusted to the target storage position simply, quickly and accurately through joint angle closed-loop control.
  • controlling at least one rotating shaft structure to rotate to the target joint angle based on the difference between the current joint angle and the target joint angle may include: firstly, determining the respective values of the plurality of control cycles based on the difference between the current joint angle and the target joint angle Subtarget joint angle.
  • the number of control cycles can be determined based on the magnitude of the difference, for example, the larger the difference, the more the number of control cycles required.
  • the rotation of at least one rotating shaft structure is controlled based on the difference between the current joint angle and the sub-target joint angle corresponding to the control period.
  • the process parameters for each control period of the axial stabilization mechanism can be shown in Table 1.
  • first joint angle second joint angle third joint angle initial value 20 10 30 first control cycle 19 11 29 second control cycle 17 12 27 third control cycle 14 14 twenty four ... ... ... ... Nth control cycle 0 20 20
  • N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • the joint angle is a vector.
  • One rotation direction of the shaft structure can be defined as the positive rotation direction, and the other rotation direction is the reverse rotation direction.
  • the joint angle is positive, it indicates that the rotation direction is positive rotation, and when the joint angle is negative, it indicates the rotation The direction is the anti-rotation direction.
  • each rotating shaft structure includes a corresponding positive rotation direction and a reverse rotation direction.
  • the absolute difference between the target joint angle corresponding to the roll rotation axis structure and the first set joint angle is 0°, which may mean that the difference between the target joint angle corresponding to the roll rotation axis structure and the first set joint angle is positive 0°, that is, the direction of the target joint angle of the roll rotation axis structure relative to the first set joint angle is the positive rotation direction, and the angle is 0°.
  • the absolute difference between the target joint angle corresponding to the pitch shaft structure and the second set joint angle is 0°, that is, the second set joint angle is the target joint angle corresponding to the pitch shaft structure.
  • the absolute difference between the target joint angle corresponding to the yaw rotation axis structure and the third set joint angle is 180°.
  • the structure of the roll axis, the pitch axis and the yaw axis are all relatively convergent, so that the joint size of the gimbal and the load is the smallest, which can effectively reduce the space required by the gimbal and help reduce the contact with the camera during movement. Risk of outside interference.
  • first set joint angle, the second set joint angle and the third set joint angle may also be other set values, such as 0°, 45°, 180° and so on.
  • the absolute difference between the target joint angle corresponding to the roll rotation axis structure and the first set joint angle, the absolute difference between the target joint angle corresponding to the pitch rotation axis structure and the second set joint angle, and the target joint angle corresponding to the yaw rotation axis structure can also be set as required.
  • the above target angle may be different according to different gimbals.
  • controlling the rotation of the load through the axial stabilization mechanism may include the following operations, based on the type of the load, adjusting the soft limit of the motor of the axial stabilization mechanism to limit the rotation range of the load.
  • the soft limit it is possible to control at least one rotating shaft structure to keep at a specific position, such as the target storage position.
  • the motor of the gimbal can be controlled to output a holding torque so that the rotating shaft structure is kept at a specific position.
  • the rotating shaft structure can be kept at the target storage position by means of a mechanical lock.
  • the method of limiting the position by means of a mechanical lock is relatively inconvenient to use. The position is limited by the motor output holding torque, on the one hand, it effectively improves the convenience of the user's operation, and on the other hand, it can improve the safety of the gimbal and the load carried by the gimbal.
  • the holding moment can make the load keep the posture of the load relative to the handle assembly unchanged when the user shakes the gimbal, so as to reduce the damage of the load caused by interference and the like.
  • the holding moment can also enable the load to change its posture relative to the base under the action of a large external force to reduce the external force received, that is, the posture of the load relative to the base is not locked (such as when the user breaks the rotating shaft structure by hand can change the posture of the rotating shaft structure), so that it can be realized: provide a buffer function under the action of a large external force, and can accurately return to the original posture (such as the target storage position) when the external force disappears or becomes smaller.
  • the specific position may be a position designated by the user in a working state, such as the position where the vertical stabilization mechanism 22 is parallel to the horizontal plane in FIG. 2 .
  • a specific location may be a target storage location.
  • the holding moment may be determined based on the load carried by the gimbal.
  • the holding torque determined based on the load helps to optimize the above-mentioned buffer function, such as providing a more suitable holding torque.
  • the holding torque is smaller than the stabilizing torque
  • the stabilizing torque is the torque output by the motor of the gimbal during the process of stabilizing the load carried by the gimbal when the gimbal is in a stabilizing state.
  • the holding torque can be 1 mN/m, 2 mN/m, 3 mN/m, 5 mN/m, 8 mN/m, 10 mN/m, 15 mN/m, 30 mN N/m, 35mN/m, 50mN/m, 80mN/m, 100mN/m, 150mN/m, 400mN/m, 700mN/m, 1N/m , 2 N/m, 8 N/m, 17 N/m, 25 N/m, 40 N/m, 90 N/m, 200 N/m, etc.
  • the proportional, integral and derivative (PID) control method when used for closed-loop control, the method of reducing the value of the proportion (P) in the PID in the stability enhancement mode can be adopted to reduce the input to the stability enhancement mode.
  • the current value of the motor so as to realize that the holding torque is smaller than the stabilizing torque.
  • each joint can also be locked and/or shut down through a mechanical lock, or you can choose to keep this state and perform a power-off operation when the power-off condition is met.
  • the state maintenance time threshold can also be set in advance. If at least one rotating shaft structure is controlled to remain at the target storage position for a long time, excessive energy consumption may result. Therefore, when the detected holding time is greater than or equal to the posture holding time threshold, it can automatically enter the standby mode, shutdown mode, and the like.
  • the attitude holding time threshold can be customized according to user needs.
  • the attitude-holding time threshold may be related to the remaining power of the gimbal. If the remaining power is more, the attitude-holding time threshold will increase dynamically, which is not specifically limited here.
  • the user can select the required functions in the interactive interface, such as controlling the power off of the gimbal, controlling the storage state of the gimbal, setting the corresponding angle of the gimbal in the storage posture, etc.
  • multiple interactive components can be displayed on the interactive interface, such as shutdown, storage, joint angle setting, and the like.
  • some components may correspond to a next-level interactive interface. For example, after the user clicks the attitude setting button, the user can jump to the interface for setting the attitude, so that the user can set the first joint angle, the second joint angle, the third joint angle, etc. by himself. Specifically, respective target joint angles for the yaw axis, the roll axis, and the pitch axis may be set.
  • the user can control the gimbal to only perform the storage function, but not the shutdown function. In order to improve the safety of the gimbal, when the user executes the shutdown function, the gimbal can perform the storage function first.
  • the rotation angle of each shaft arm of the axial stabilization mechanism in the storage state can be set.
  • the rotation angle of the pitch axis arm relative to the base may be set
  • the rotation angle of the yaw axis arm relative to the base may be set
  • the rotation angle of the roll axis arm relative to the base may be set.
  • the application implements the pan-tilt control method, which controls at least one rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism to move in a specific direction, so that the pan-tilt is in a storage state.
  • This stowed state can make the pan-tilt and/or the load carried by the pan-tilt in a relatively safe posture, improving product safety.
  • it can also effectively improve the accuracy of attitude adjustment and improve the user experience.
  • the pan/tilt when the pan/tilt is in the stowed posture, only the posture of the axial stabilization mechanism can be adjusted. As shown in FIG. 17 , the difference from FIG. 6 is that the attitude of the axial stabilization mechanism 24 has changed relative to the vertical stabilization mechanism 22 , such as the load carried by the axial stabilization mechanism 24 (such as the camera lens of the camera). Changing from facing the external environment to facing the base effectively improves the safety of the shooting device.
  • the payload is a camera with a larger lens size. If the lens of the camera is directly controlled to rotate from facing the external environment to facing the base 26 in the state shown in FIG. 2 , interference will occur. Therefore, it is necessary to determine the storage posture according to the type of load. As shown in FIG. 2 , the storage posture may be that the axial stabilization mechanism 24 controls the camera device to rotate upward by 90° around the pitch axis. Wherein, the type of the load may be determined according to information input by the user or the weight of the load or self-identification, etc., which is not limited here.
  • the postures of the vertical stabilization mechanism and the axial stabilization mechanism can be adjusted.
  • the difference from FIG. 6 is that the motor-driven axial stabilization mechanism 24 of the vertical stabilization mechanism 22 is displaced in the direction of gravity, such as making the load carried by the axial stabilization mechanism 24 (such as The height of the lens of the shooting device) relative to the base becomes lower (for example, in the height direction, the load is located between the bottom end of the base and the top of the base), which effectively reduces the space occupied by the pan/tilt and the shooting device, and facilitates Store the cloud platform.
  • the attitude of the axial stabilization mechanism 24 has changed relative to the vertical stabilization mechanism 22, further reducing the risk of interference between the gimbal and/or the shooting device and the outside world.
  • the payload is a photographing device with a larger lens size. If the lens of the controlling photographing device changes from facing the external environment to facing the base 26 after the connecting arm 223 is rotated downward into place, interference will occur.
  • the storage posture can be realized through the following control process: the axial stabilization mechanism 24 controls the camera device to rotate clockwise by 90° around the pitch axis, and after the connecting arm 223 rotates clockwise to the position, it can further Control the shooting device to rotate 90°counterclockwise around the pitch axis.
  • the pan-tilt in the stored state controls the axial stabilization mechanism to enter the working state according to the unfolding motion trajectory opposite to the motion trajectory adopted when entering the storage state.
  • the unfolding movement track is determined based on the rotation information and rotation order of at least two of the first rotating shaft structure, the second rotating shaft structure and the third rotating shaft structure.
  • the rotation sequence of the first shaft structure is prior to the rotation sequence of the second shaft structure.
  • the payload can be directly controlled to rotate around the yaw axis until the posture of the payload changes to the posture corresponding to the storage state.
  • the structure of the gimbal, the structure of the axial stabilization mechanism, the structure of the vertical stabilization mechanism, the control method and storage state of the triggering event rotating shaft structure can refer to the content shown above, and will not be repeated here.
  • the execution subject of the above-mentioned operations is only an example, and should not be understood as a limitation of this application. It can be independently completed by one of the mobile platform, control terminal, camera, and pan/tilt, or several of them cooperate. Finish.
  • a human-computer interaction module such as a display for displaying the human-computer interaction interface, etc.
  • independent completion includes actively or passively, directly or indirectly acquiring corresponding data from other devices to perform corresponding operations.
  • the pan/tilt 1900 may include: a base for supporting the vertical stabilization mechanism; a vertical stabilization mechanism for carrying the axial stabilization mechanism and driving the axial stabilization mechanism along a specific The direction is rotated to counteract the vibration of the load in the vertical direction; the axial stabilization mechanism is used to carry the load and to drive the load to rotate around at least one axis, and the specific direction is different from the axial direction of the axis direction.
  • the platform 1900 may also include one or more processors 1910 and a readable storage medium 1920 . Wherein, the computer-readable storage medium 1920 is used to store one or more computer programs 1921.
  • the above pan/tilt control method is realized, for example, to obtain a trigger event indicating that the pan/tilt enters the storage mode; In response to a trigger event, controlling at least one rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism to rotate around a corresponding axis, and controlling the axial stabilization mechanism to rotate in a specific direction through the vertical stabilization mechanism, so that the pan/tilt is in a storage state; Wherein, when the platform is in the stored state, at least part of the working surface of the load is located between the end of the base away from the vertical stabilization mechanism and the end of the vertical stabilization mechanism for connecting to the axial stabilization mechanism.
  • controlling at least one rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism to rotate around a corresponding axis includes at least one of the following: controlling a first rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilizing mechanism to rotate around a yaw axis to a first a preset angle.
  • the second rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism is controlled to rotate around the pitch axis to a second preset angle.
  • the third rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism is controlled to rotate around the rolling axis to a third preset angle.
  • the working surface of the load tends to the vertical stabilization mechanism and/or the base of the gimbal.
  • the working surface of the load is away from the end of the vertical stabilization mechanism for connecting to the axial stabilization mechanism.
  • the computer program when executed by the processor, the computer program is further used to: drive the rotation of the load through the axial stabilization mechanism, so that the load is kept between the vertical stabilization mechanism and/or the base of the platform separated from each other.
  • controlling rotation of the load via the axial stabilization mechanism may include controlling rotation of the load via the axial stabilization mechanism based on the type of load.
  • an axial stabilization mechanism is used to drive the payload in rotation at least about the pitch axis.
  • controlling the rotation of the payload through the axial stabilization mechanism may include: controlling the pitch component of the attitude of the payload through the axial stabilization mechanism.
  • controlling the rotation of the load through the axial stabilization mechanism includes: controlling the motion trajectory of the load through the axial stabilization mechanism.
  • the motion trajectory is determined based on the rotation information and rotation sequence of at least two of the first shaft structure, the second shaft structure and the third shaft structure.
  • the rotation sequence of the second pivot mechanism is prior to the rotation sequence of the first pivot mechanism.
  • controlling the rotation of the load through the axial stabilization mechanism may include: adjusting a soft limit of a motor of the axial stabilization mechanism based on the type of the load to limit the rotation of the load.
  • the payload includes a photographing device
  • the photographing device includes a body and a lens mounted on the body
  • the type of the payload is determined based on the model of the lens.
  • the load is detachably connected to the axial stabilization mechanism, and/or the lens is detachably connected to the body.
  • the vertical stability enhancing mechanism includes a connecting arm capable of rotating around a specific direction, and the axial stabilizing mechanism is connected to one end of the connecting arm.
  • the connecting arm rotates around a specific direction
  • one end of the connecting arm connected to the axial stabilization mechanism can move between the first height position and the second height position.
  • one end of the connecting arm connected to the axial stabilization mechanism remains at the first height position or the second height position.
  • the connecting arm when one end of the connecting arm connected to the axial stabilization mechanism is maintained at the first height position or the second height position, the connecting arm is in a self-locking state. Wherein, when the connecting arm receives an external force in the self-locking state, the connecting arm remains stationary relative to the platform.
  • the vertical stabilization mechanism further includes a connecting rod and a hinge, and the two ends of the connecting rod are respectively rotatably connected to the hinge and one end of the connecting arm close to the vertical stabilization axis.
  • the connecting rod and the hinge extend in two opposite directions.
  • the connecting rod and the hinge are folded toward each other.
  • the platform further includes a base
  • the vertical stabilization mechanism includes a vertical stabilization motor
  • the vertical stabilization motor is fixed on the base
  • the hinge is fixed on the rotating shaft of the vertical stabilization motor.
  • controlling at least one rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism to rotate in a specific direction may include: controlling the vertical stabilization motor to drive the hinge to rotate, so that the hinge drives the connecting arm to rotate through the connecting rod, thereby making the axial stabilization At least one shaft structure in the mechanism rotates in a specific direction.
  • controlling the rotation of the hinge driven by the motor for vertical stabilization may include: controlling the hinge driven by the motor for vertical stabilization to cross the first dead point position, wherein the first dead point position corresponds to the connection axial extension of the connecting arm. When one end of the stabilizing mechanism is in the first height position, the position of the hinge.
  • controlling the rotation of the hinge driven by the vertical stabilization motor may include: controlling the hinge driven by the vertical stabilization motor to cross the second dead point position, wherein the second dead point position corresponds to the connection axial extension of the connecting arm.
  • controlling the hinge driven by the vertical stabilization motor to cross the second dead point position, wherein the second dead point position corresponds to the connection axial extension of the connecting arm.
  • controlling the vertical stabilization motor to drive the hinge beyond the first dead point position includes: controlling the vertical stabilization motor to drive the hinge to rotate, so that the position of the hinge is within a first specified range, the boundary of the first specified range Including the first dead center.
  • controlling the rotation of the hinge driven by the vertical stabilization motor so that the position of the hinge is within the first specified range may include: controlling the rotation of the hinge driven by the vertical stabilization motor in a closed-loop control manner so that the hinge is located in the first specified range.
  • the boundary of the first specified range includes the first dead point.
  • the input of the closed-loop control includes a current joint angle of the connecting arm and a target joint angle, and the target joint angle is determined based on the joint angle of the connecting arm corresponding to the first dead point.
  • the current joint angle of the link arm is determined by an angle sensor.
  • the target joint angle is the sum of the joint angle of the connecting arm corresponding to the first dead point and a preset angle threshold.
  • the preset angle threshold is a first preset angle threshold for the joint rotation angle of the connecting arm.
  • the range of the first preset angle threshold may include 2° ⁇ 3°.
  • the predetermined angle threshold is a second predetermined angle threshold for the rotation angle of the rotating part of the vertical stabilization motor.
  • the range of the second preset angle threshold may include 5° ⁇ 6°.
  • the computer program when executed by the processor, it is further used to: firstly, obtain the output torque of the vertical stabilization motor. Then, if the output torque is greater than the preset torque, the target joint angle is reduced, wherein the preset torque corresponds to the torque capable of driving the hinge to the first dead point or beyond the first dead point.
  • reducing the target joint angle may include, for example, reducing the target joint angle to a joint angle of the link arm corresponding to the first dead center. Alternatively, reduce the target joint angle to the currently detected joint angle of the link arm.
  • controlling the rotation of the hinge driven by the vertical stabilization motor in a closed-loop control manner so that the hinge is within the first specified range may include: firstly, obtaining the current joint angle of the connecting arm. Then, based on the difference between the current joint angle and the target joint angle, the vertical stabilization motor is controlled to drive the connecting arm to rotate to the target joint angle.
  • the target joint angle includes multiple sub-target joint angles, and the difference between two adjacent sub-target joint angles among the multiple sub-target joint angles is the same or different.
  • the pan/tilt may further include: a first mechanical limit structure, which is used to limit the connecting rod or the hinge, so that when the hinge rotates in the first direction, the connecting arm is far away from the vertical stabilization mechanism. One end is limited to the third height position under the action of gravity.
  • controlling at least one rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism to move in a specific direction so that the platform is in the storage state may include: in response to the trigger event, controlling the vertical rotation of the vertical stabilization mechanism.
  • the stabilizing motor drives one end of the connecting arm connected to the axial stabilizing mechanism to be located between the first height position and the third height position, so that the end of the connecting arm connected to the axial stabilizing mechanism is limited to the third height under the action of gravity. height position.
  • the pan/tilt may further include: a second mechanical limit structure, which is used to limit the connecting rod or the hinge, so that when the hinge rotates in the second direction, the connecting arm's connection axial stability enhancing mechanism One end of one end is limited to the fourth height position under the action of gravity, and the first direction is opposite to the second direction.
  • a second mechanical limit structure which is used to limit the connecting rod or the hinge, so that when the hinge rotates in the second direction, the connecting arm's connection axial stability enhancing mechanism One end of one end is limited to the fourth height position under the action of gravity, and the first direction is opposite to the second direction.
  • the computer program when executed by the processor, it is also used to realize: control the vertical stabilization motor to drive one end of the connecting arm connected to the axial stabilization mechanism to be located between the second height position and the fourth height position, so that the connection arm One end connected to the axial stabilizing mechanism is limited at the fourth height position under the action of gravity.
  • the axial stabilization mechanism is rotatable about at least one of a roll axis, a yaw axis, or a pitch axis.
  • the triggering event includes receiving a power down command.
  • the platform 2000 may include: an axial stabilization mechanism for carrying a load and driving the load to rotate around at least one axis.
  • the pan/tilt 2100 may also include one or more processors 2010 and a readable memory 2020 . Wherein, one or more processors 2010 may be integrated in one processing unit, or may be respectively arranged in multiple processing units.
  • the computer-readable storage medium 2020 is used for storing one or more computer programs 2021. When the computer programs are executed by the processor, the above-mentioned pan-tilt control method is realized.
  • pan/tilt 2000 may also perform one or more operations other than the method embodiment shown in FIG. 14 , for details, reference may be made to other contents above, which will not be listed here.
  • the above-mentioned one or more processors can be a central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, referred to as CPU), and the processor can also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (Digital Signal Processor, referred to as DSP), application-specific integrated circuits ( Application specific integrated circuit (ASIC for short), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (Field-Programmable Gate Array, FPGA for short) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, or the processor may be any conventional processor, or the like.
  • One or more processors can be coupled with non-transitory computer readable storage media.
  • the non-transitory computer readable storage medium may store logic, code and/or computer instructions executed by the processing unit to perform one or more steps.
  • the non-transitory computer-readable storage medium may include one or more storage units (removable media or external memory, such as SD card or RAM).
  • the storage unit of the non-transitory computer readable storage medium may store logic, code and/or computer instructions executed by the processor to perform various embodiments of the various methods described herein.
  • the storage unit of the non-volatile computer-readable storage medium can store the processing results generated by the processing unit.
  • the shooting system 2100 may include a pan/tilt 2110 and a shooting device 2120 .
  • the photographing device 2120 is set on the platform 2110 .
  • the pan/tilt 2110 may be the aforementioned pan/tilt 1900 or 2000, which is not specifically limited here.
  • the relevant description of the shooting system 2100 can refer to the foregoing content, so as to perform corresponding decoupling or coupling, and form different shooting systems.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium stores instructions, and when it is run on a computer or a processor, the computer or the processor executes one of the above-mentioned methods or multiple steps. If each component module of the above-mentioned signal processing device is realized in the form of a software function unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • a computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • Computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted over computer-readable storage media. Computer instructions may be transmitted from one website site, computer, server, or data center to another website site, computer , server or data center for transmission.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server, a data center, etc. integrated with one or more available media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, or a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (solid state disk, SSD)), etc.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product, which includes a computer program, and the computer program includes program code for executing the method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the computer program product is run on the electronic device, the The program code is used to enable the electronic device to implement the pan-tilt control method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the computer program may rely on tangible storage media such as optical storage devices and magnetic storage devices.
  • the computer program can also be transmitted and distributed in the form of a signal on a network medium, and downloaded and installed through the communication part, and/or installed from a removable medium.
  • the program code contained in the computer program can be transmitted by any appropriate network medium, including but not limited to: wireless, wired, etc., or any appropriate combination of the above.
  • the program codes for executing the computer programs provided by the embodiments of the present application can be written in any combination of one or more programming languages, specifically, high-level process and/or object-oriented programming language, and/or assembly/machine language to implement these computing programs.
  • Programming languages include, but are not limited to, programming languages such as Java, C++, python, "C" or similar programming languages.
  • the program code can execute entirely on the user computing device, partly on the user device, partly on the remote computing device, or entirely on the remote computing device or server.
  • the remote computing device may be connected to the user computing device through any kind of network, including a local area network (LAN) or a wide area network (WAN), or may be connected to an external computing device (e.g., using an Internet service provider). business to connect via the Internet).
  • LAN local area network
  • WAN wide area network
  • Internet service provider an Internet service provider

Abstract

A gimbal control method, comprising: acquiring a trigger event indicating that a gimbal enters a stored mode, wherein the gimbal comprises a base, a vertical stability augmentation mechanism and an axial stability augmentation mechanism, the vertical stability augmentation mechanism being used for bearing the axial stability augmentation mechanism and driving the axial stability augmentation mechanism to rotate in a specific direction so as to offset the shaking of a load in a vertical direction, the axial stability augmentation mechanism being used for bearing a load and driving the load to rotate about at least one axis, and the specific direction being different from an axial direction of the axis; and controlling, in response to the trigger event, at least one rotary shaft structure in the axial stability augmentation mechanism to rotate about a corresponding axis, and controlling the axial stability augmentation mechanism to rotate in the specific direction by means of the vertical stability augmentation mechanism, so that the gimbal is in a stored state, wherein when the gimbal is in the stored state, at least part of a working surface of the load is located between an end portion of the base that is away from the vertical stability augmentation mechanism and an end portion of the vertical stability augmentation mechanism that is used for being connected to the axial stability augmentation mechanism. Further provided in the present application are a gimbal and a photographing system.

Description

云台控制方法、云台和拍摄系统PTZ control method, PTZ and shooting system 技术领域technical field
本申请涉及云台控制技术领域,尤其涉及一种云台控制方法、云台和拍摄系统。The present application relates to the technical field of pan-tilt control, in particular to a pan-tilt control method, a pan-tilt and a shooting system.
背景技术Background technique
现有技术中为了实现稳定拍摄,很多拍摄装置搭配有云台,云台具有增稳功能,可以在俯仰轴、偏航轴和横滚轴中的相应旋转方向上对拍摄装置抖动补偿。In the prior art, in order to achieve stable shooting, many shooting devices are equipped with gimbals. The gimbals have a stabilization function, which can compensate the shaking of the shooting device in the corresponding rotation directions of the pitch axis, yaw axis and roll axis.
另外,为了防止该拍摄装置在重力方向上发生抖动,在云台装置上还可以设有有竖向增稳机构。然而,在一些场景下,通常需要人工去调节云台装置的状态,从而增加了操作员的工作负担,不利于云台装置的便捷使用。In addition, in order to prevent the photographing device from shaking in the direction of gravity, a vertical stabilization mechanism may also be provided on the pan-tilt device. However, in some scenarios, it is usually necessary to manually adjust the state of the pan-tilt device, which increases the workload of the operator and is not conducive to the convenient use of the pan-tilt device.
申请内容application content
有鉴于此,本申请实施例提供一种云台控制方法、云台和拍摄系统,可以实现在特定场合下自动对云台进行姿态调整,以改善操作不便捷和云台与负载易与外界发生干涉的问题。In view of this, the embodiment of the present application provides a pan/tilt control method, a pan/tilt, and a shooting system, which can automatically adjust the attitude of the pan/tilt in a specific situation, so as to improve the inconvenient operation and the easy interaction between the pan/tilt and the load and the outside world. problem of interference.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种云台控制方法,包括:获取指示云台进入收纳模式的触发事件,其中,云台包括基座、竖向增稳机构和轴向增稳机构,基座用于支撑竖向增稳机构,竖向增稳机构用于承载轴向增稳机构且用于驱动轴向增稳机构沿特定方向发生转动,以抵消负载在竖直方向出现的抖动,轴向增稳机构用于承载负载且用于驱动负载绕至少一个轴线旋转,特定方向不同于轴线的轴向方向;响应于触发事件,控制轴向增稳机构中的至少一个转轴结构沿绕相应的轴线转动,并通过竖向增稳机构控制轴向增稳机构绕特定方向发生转动,以使得云台处于收纳状态;其中,在云台处于收纳状态时,负载的至少部分工作面位于基座中远离竖向增稳机构的端部与竖向增稳机构中用于连接轴向增稳机构的端部之间。In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for controlling a pan/tilt, including: acquiring a trigger event indicating that the pan/tilt enters a storage mode, wherein the pan/tilt includes a base, a vertical stabilization mechanism, and an axial stabilization mechanism, The base is used to support the vertical stabilization mechanism, and the vertical stabilization mechanism is used to carry the axial stabilization mechanism and drive the axial stabilization mechanism to rotate in a specific direction to offset the vibration of the load in the vertical direction. The axial stabilizing mechanism is used to carry a load and to drive the load to rotate around at least one axis, and the specific direction is different from the axial direction of the axis; in response to a trigger event, at least one rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilizing mechanism is controlled to rotate along the corresponding axis rotation, and the vertical stabilization mechanism controls the axial stabilization mechanism to rotate around a specific direction, so that the pan/tilt is in the storage state; wherein, when the pan/tilt is in the storage state, at least part of the working surface of the load is located on the base Between the end of the center away from the vertical stabilization mechanism and the end of the vertical stabilization mechanism for connecting the axial stabilization mechanism.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供了一种云台控制方法,包括:获取指示云台进入收纳模式的触发事件,其中,云台包括轴向增稳机构,轴向增稳机构用于承载负载,且用于驱动负载绕至少一个轴线旋转;响应于触发事件,控制轴向增稳机构中的至少一个转轴结构沿特定方向发生平动,以使得云台处于收纳状态,其中,特定方向不同于轴线的轴向方向。In a second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for controlling a pan/tilt, including: acquiring a trigger event indicating that the pan/tilt enters a storage mode, wherein the pan/tilt includes an axial stabilization mechanism, and the axial stabilization mechanism is used to carry a load , and is used to drive the load to rotate around at least one axis; in response to a trigger event, at least one rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism is controlled to move in a specific direction, so that the platform is in a storage state, wherein the specific direction is different from Axial direction of the axis.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供了一种云台,包括:基座,用于支撑竖向增稳机构;竖 向增稳机构,用于承载轴向增稳机构且用于驱动轴向增稳机构沿特定方向发生转动,以抵消负载在竖直方向出现的抖动;轴向增稳机构,轴向增稳机构用于承载负载,且用于驱动负载绕至少一个轴线旋转,特定方向不同于轴线的轴向方向;一个或多个处理器;计算机可读存储介质,用于存储一个或多个计算机程序,计算机程序在被处理器执行时,实现:获取指示云台进入收纳模式的触发事件;响应于触发事件,控制轴向增稳机构中的至少一个转轴结构绕相应的轴线转动,并通过竖向增稳机构控制轴向增稳机构绕特定方向发生转动,以使得云台处于收纳状态;其中,在云台处于收纳状态时,负载的至少部分工作面位于基座中远离竖向增稳机构的端部与竖向增稳机构中用于连接轴向增稳机构的端部之间。In the third aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a cloud platform, including: a base for supporting the vertical stabilization mechanism; a vertical stabilization mechanism for carrying the axial stabilization mechanism and driving the axial stabilization mechanism; The stabilizing mechanism rotates in a specific direction to offset the vibration of the load in the vertical direction; the axial stabilizing mechanism is used to carry the load and drive the load to rotate around at least one axis, and the specific direction is different from The axial direction of the axis; one or more processors; a computer-readable storage medium for storing one or more computer programs, and when the computer program is executed by the processor, it realizes: obtaining a trigger event indicating that the pan/tilt enters the storage mode ; In response to a trigger event, controlling at least one rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism to rotate around a corresponding axis, and controlling the axial stabilization mechanism to rotate in a specific direction through the vertical stabilization mechanism, so that the pan/tilt is in a storage state ; Wherein, when the platform is in the storage state, at least part of the working surface of the load is located between the end of the base away from the vertical stabilization mechanism and the end of the vertical stabilization mechanism for connecting the axial stabilization mechanism .
第四方面,本申请实施例提供了一种云台,包括:轴向增稳机构,用于承载负载,且用于驱动负载绕至少一个轴线旋转;一个或多个处理器;计算机可读存储介质,用于存储一个或多个计算机程序,计算机程序在被处理器执行时,实现:获取指示云台进入收纳模式的触发事件;响应于触发事件,控制轴向增稳机构中的至少一个转轴结构沿特定方向发生平动,以使得云台处于收纳状态,其中,特定方向不同于轴线的轴向方向。In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a pan/tilt, including: an axial stabilization mechanism for carrying a load and driving the load to rotate around at least one axis; one or more processors; computer-readable storage The medium is used to store one or more computer programs. When the computer program is executed by the processor, it realizes: obtaining a trigger event indicating that the pan/tilt enters the storage mode; in response to the trigger event, controlling at least one rotating shaft in the axial stabilization mechanism The translation of the structure occurs along a specific direction, so that the platform is in the storage state, wherein the specific direction is different from the axial direction of the axis.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供了一种拍摄系统,该拍摄系统包括:拍摄装置和如上任一方面所述的云台,拍摄装置设置于云台。In a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a photographing system, the photographing system includes: a photographing device and the pan/tilt as described in any aspect above, and the photographing device is disposed on the pan/tilt.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,其存储有可执行指令,该可执行指令在由一个或多个处理器执行时,使一个或多个处理器执行如上任一方面所述的方法。In a sixth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, which stores executable instructions, and when executed by one or more processors, the executable instructions cause one or more processors to perform any of the above A method as described in one aspect.
第七方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机程序产品,其包括计算机程序,当计算机程序产品由一个或多个处理器执行时,使一个或多个处理器执行如上任一方面的方法。In a seventh aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, which includes a computer program, and when the computer program product is executed by one or more processors, one or more processors are caused to execute the method in any one of the above aspects.
对应于上述的第一方面,本申请实施例提供的云台控制方法、云台和拍摄系统,云台包括基座、轴向增稳机构和竖向增稳机构,在用户希望云台进入收纳状态时,可以控制轴向增稳机构中的至少一个转轴结构相对于竖向增稳机构发生转动,且能通过竖向增稳机构驱动轴向增稳机构沿特定方向发生转动,以使得云台处于收纳状态中的预设姿态。如此,能够提升操作便捷度,并且有助于降低发生结构干涉事件的风险,提升产品安全度。此外,竖向增稳机构还可以有效地减小因负载在竖直方向上的抖动所造成的影响。Corresponding to the above-mentioned first aspect, the pan/tilt control method, pan/tilt and shooting system provided by the embodiment of the present application, the pan/tilt includes a base, an axial stabilization mechanism and a vertical stabilization mechanism, and when the user wishes the pan/tilt to enter the storage state, at least one shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism can be controlled to rotate relative to the vertical stabilization mechanism, and the vertical stabilization mechanism can be used to drive the axial stabilization mechanism to rotate in a specific direction, so that the pan/tilt The default posture in the storage state. In this way, the convenience of operation can be improved, the risk of structural interference events can be reduced, and the product safety can be improved. In addition, the vertical stabilization mechanism can also effectively reduce the impact caused by the vibration of the load in the vertical direction.
对应于上述的第二方面,本申请实施例提供的云台控制方法、云台和拍摄系统,云台包括轴向增稳机构,轴向增稳机构用于承载负载,且用于驱动负载绕至少一个轴线旋转。云台可以响应于指示云台进入收纳模式的触发事件,控制轴向增稳机构中的至少一个转轴结构沿特定方向发生平动,使得云台处于收纳状态,提升产品安全度。Corresponding to the above second aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide a pan/tilt control method, a pan/tilt, and a shooting system. The pan/tilt includes an axial stabilization mechanism, which is used to carry a load and to drive the load around At least one axis rotates. In response to a trigger event indicating that the pan/tilt enters the storage mode, the pan/tilt can control at least one rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism to move in a specific direction, so that the pan/tilt is in the storage state, improving product safety.
本申请的附加方面的优点将在下面的描述中部分给出,部分将从下面的描述中变得明显,或通过本申请的实践了解到。Advantages of additional aspects of the application will be set forth in the description which follows, and in part will be obvious from the description, or may be learned by practice of the application.
附图说明Description of drawings
通过参照附图的以下详细描述,本申请实施例的上述和其他目的、特征和优点将变得更容易理解。在附图中,将以示例以及非限制性的方式对本申请的多个实施例进行说明,其中:The above and other objects, features and advantages of the embodiments of the present application will become more comprehensible through the following detailed description with reference to the accompanying drawings. In the accompanying drawings, several embodiments of the present application will be described by way of example and non-limitation, wherein:
图1为本申请实施例提供的云台控制方法、云台和拍摄系统的应用场景;Fig. 1 is the application scenario of the pan-tilt control method, pan-tilt and shooting system provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请另一实施例提供的云台控制方法、云台和拍摄系统的应用场景;Fig. 2 is the application scene of the pan-tilt control method, pan-tilt and shooting system provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请另一实施例提供的云台控制方法、云台和拍摄系统的应用场景;FIG. 3 is an application scene of a pan-tilt control method, a pan-tilt, and a shooting system provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的具有第四轴的云台的部分结构示意图;FIG. 4 is a partial structural schematic diagram of a pan/tilt with a fourth axis provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的云台控制方法的流程图;Fig. 5 is the flowchart of the pan-tilt control method that the embodiment of the present application provides;
图6为本申请实施例提供的具有第四轴的云台的原理图;FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a pan/tilt with a fourth axis provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的连接臂的爆炸图;Figure 7 is an exploded view of the connecting arm provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的云台处于收纳状态的示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of the pan/tilt provided in the embodiment of the present application in a storage state;
图9为本申请实施例提供的具有第四轴的云台越过第一死点位置的示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a pan-tilt with a fourth axis passing over the first dead point provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的具有第四轴的云台处于第二死点位置的示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a pan/tilt with a fourth axis at a second dead center position provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的第一高度位置、第二高度位置、第三高度位置和第四高度位置的示意图;Fig. 11 is a schematic diagram of the first height position, the second height position, the third height position and the fourth height position provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的基于关节角对云台进行闭环控制的逻辑图;FIG. 12 is a logic diagram of closed-loop control of the pan/tilt based on the joint angle provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的动态加减速模型的示意图;Fig. 13 is a schematic diagram of a dynamic acceleration and deceleration model provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图14为本申请实施例提供的拍摄系统的云台控制方法的逻辑图;FIG. 14 is a logic diagram of a pan-tilt control method of a shooting system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图15为本申请另一实施例提供的云台控制方法的流程图;FIG. 15 is a flow chart of a pan/tilt control method provided in another embodiment of the present application;
图16为本申请实施例提供的显示屏显示的交互界面的示意图;FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of an interactive interface displayed on a display screen provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图17为本申请另一实施例提供的云台处于收纳姿态的示意图;Fig. 17 is a schematic diagram of a pan-tilt in a storage posture provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图18为本申请另一实施例提供的云台处于收纳姿态的示意图;Fig. 18 is a schematic diagram of a pan-tilt in a storage posture provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图19为本申请实施例提供的云台的方框图;Fig. 19 is the block diagram of the cloud platform that the embodiment of the present application provides;
图20为本申请另一实施例提供的云台的方框图;FIG. 20 is a block diagram of a pan/tilt provided in another embodiment of the present application;
图21为本申请实施例提供的拍摄系统的方框图。FIG. 21 is a block diagram of a shooting system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面详细描述本申请的实施例,实施例的示例在附图中示出,其中自始至终相同或类似的标号表示相同或类似的元件或具有相同或类似功能的元件。下面通过参考附图描述的实施例是示例性的,旨在用于解释本申请,而不能理解为对本申请的限制。Embodiments of the present application are described in detail below, and examples of the embodiments are shown in the drawings, wherein the same or similar reference numerals denote the same or similar elements or elements having the same or similar functions throughout. The embodiments described below by referring to the figures are exemplary, and are intended to explain the present application, and should not be construed as limiting the present application.
相关技术中,在用户使用云台之后,可以通过手动调节的方式将云台的支架手动旋转至特定的角度。这样可以减少云台和/或云台所承载的负载在非工作状态下由于发生结构干涉所发生损伤的概率,或者便于收纳云台和/或负载。但是,手动调节的关节角的便捷度和精准度较差。In the related art, after the user uses the pan-tilt, the support of the pan-tilt can be manually rotated to a specific angle through manual adjustment. This can reduce the probability of damage to the platform and/or the load carried by the platform in a non-working state due to structural interference, or facilitate the storage of the platform and/or the load. However, the convenience and accuracy of manually adjusting the joint angle is poor.
具体而言,在拍摄场景中,负载可以为拍摄装置,拍摄装置的镜头会朝向被拍摄对象(如演员等),即镜头会朝向外部环境。当需要转场或收纳云台以及拍摄装置时,拍摄装置容易与云台的相应结构、外部环境之间发生结构干涉,造成结构损伤。例如,无人机飞行的过程中,或者机器人移动的过程中,如果将拍摄装置保持在工作姿态下,则拍摄装置的镜头容易与承载云台的机体、云台的相应结构、外部障碍物等发生结构干涉。Specifically, in the shooting scene, the load may be a shooting device, and the lens of the shooting device will face the subject (such as an actor, etc.), that is, the lens will face the external environment. When it is necessary to transition or store the gimbal and the shooting device, the shooting device is prone to structural interference with the corresponding structure of the gimbal and the external environment, causing structural damage. For example, during the flight of the drone or the movement of the robot, if the camera is kept in a working posture, the lens of the camera will easily get in contact with the body carrying the gimbal, the corresponding structure of the gimbal, external obstacles, etc. Structural interference occurs.
需要说明的是,一旦镜头等精密部件与外部环境中障碍物等发生干涉,容易给这些精密部件造成不可逆的损伤。It should be noted that once the lens and other precision components interfere with obstacles in the external environment, it is easy to cause irreversible damage to these precision components.
本申请实施例能够响应于触发事件,自动控制云台进入收纳姿态,有效提升收纳操作的便捷度和调节的精准度,同时也能够降低云台和/或拍摄装置与环境之间发生结构干涉造成损伤的风险,或者云台与拍摄装置之间发生结构干涉造成损伤的风险。例如,用户在完成一次拍摄过程后,可以使用一键收纳功能将云台调整至收纳姿态。The embodiment of the present application can automatically control the pan/tilt to enter the storage posture in response to a trigger event, effectively improving the convenience of the storage operation and the accuracy of adjustment, and can also reduce the structural interference between the pan/tilt and/or the shooting device and the environment. The risk of damage, or the risk of damage caused by structural interference between the gimbal and the camera. For example, after a user completes a shooting process, he can use the one-key storage function to adjust the gimbal to the storage posture.
在某些实施例中,为了降低负载受损事件发生的概率,本申请实施例中,当云台处于收纳状态时,可以使得负载和/或云台的不易受损的部位可以暴露在外,易受损的部位可以利用诸如壳体、支架等保护起来。In some embodiments, in order to reduce the probability of load damage events, in the embodiment of the present application, when the pan/tilt is in the storage state, the load and/or the undamaged parts of the pan/tilt can be exposed to the outside, easily Damaged parts can be protected by means such as housings, brackets, etc.
在某些实施例中,本申请实施例中云台的竖向增稳机构,借助相应机械结构产生的死点和机械限位,能够使得竖向增稳机构的相应结构自动保持在特定角度,提高限位的可靠性,且该死点不会与云台的相关结构发生干涉,有助于保障云台姿态调节的顺畅性。进一步的,上述自锁功能能够在降低能耗的基础上,避免竖向增稳机构的相应结构的晃动,且在用户需要再次使用云台时,无需手动解锁,只需要通过控制电机来驱动竖向增稳机构的相应结构的运动,越过死点即可完成解除自锁。其中,关于自锁功能的相关结构将在下述内容中具体说明。In some embodiments, the vertical stabilization mechanism of the gimbal in the embodiment of the present application can automatically maintain the corresponding structure of the vertical stabilization mechanism at a specific angle by means of the dead point and mechanical limit generated by the corresponding mechanical structure, Improve the reliability of the limit, and the dead point will not interfere with the relevant structure of the gimbal, which helps to ensure the smoothness of the gimbal attitude adjustment. Further, the above self-locking function can avoid shaking of the corresponding structure of the vertical stabilization mechanism on the basis of reducing energy consumption, and when the user needs to use the pan/tilt again, there is no need to manually unlock it, only need to drive the vertical To the movement of the corresponding structure of the stability-increasing mechanism, the self-locking release can be completed by crossing the dead point. Among them, the relevant structure of the self-locking function will be specifically described in the following content.
以负载是摄像装置,用户利用承载在云台上的拍摄装置拍摄视频的场景为例进行说明。 如图1所示,拍摄系统包括拍摄装置、云台,云台可以具有竖向增稳机构和设于竖向增稳机构的轴向增稳机构,竖向增稳机构用于承载轴向增稳机构,且用于驱动轴向增稳机构沿特定方向发生转动,以抵消负载在竖直方向出现的抖动,轴向增稳机构用于承载负载,且用于驱动负载绕至少一个轴线旋转。需要说明的是,负载可以固定在轴向增稳机构上,上述抵消负载在竖直方向出现的抖动,实质上可以理解为抵消轴向增稳机构在竖直方向出现的抖动。其中,云台可以放置在地面移动平台上,如可以设置在地面上移动的小车、机器人等。或者,云台也可以设置在空中移动平台上,如可以设置在无人机(UAV)上。通过如上方式有助于提升拍摄效果(如提升防抖效果)和丰富拍摄手法(如自动跟拍、更丰富的拍摄视角等)。可以理解,移动平台的类型除了上述说明,还可以有其它,例如水上移动平台。Take the scene where the payload is a camera device and the user uses the camera device carried on the gimbal to shoot video as an example for illustration. As shown in Figure 1, the shooting system includes a shooting device and a cloud platform. The cloud platform may have a vertical stabilization mechanism and an axial stabilization mechanism located on the vertical stabilization mechanism. The vertical stabilization mechanism is used to carry the axial stabilization mechanism. The stabilizing mechanism is used to drive the axial stabilizing mechanism to rotate in a specific direction to offset the vibration of the load in the vertical direction. The axial stabilizing mechanism is used to carry the load and is used to drive the load to rotate around at least one axis. It should be noted that the load can be fixed on the axial stabilization mechanism, and the above-mentioned counteracting the vibration of the load in the vertical direction can be understood as essentially canceling the vibration of the axial stabilization mechanism in the vertical direction. Among them, the cloud platform can be placed on the ground mobile platform, such as a car, robot, etc. that can be set to move on the ground. Or, the cloud platform can also be set on the aerial mobile platform, as can be set on the unmanned aerial vehicle (UAV). The above methods help to improve the shooting effect (such as improving the anti-shake effect) and enrich the shooting techniques (such as automatic follow-up shooting, richer shooting angles, etc.). It can be understood that, in addition to the above description, there may be other types of mobile platforms, such as water mobile platforms.
其中,移动平台(如无人机),也可以响应于来自遥控器或远程终端的指令等,调整设置在移动平台上的云台所承载的拍摄装置的位姿,以提升云台和/或拍摄装置的安全性和拍摄的便捷度。Among them, the mobile platform (such as a UAV) can also adjust the pose of the shooting device carried by the pan-tilt set on the mobile platform in response to instructions from the remote control or remote terminal, so as to improve the pan-tilt and/or capture The safety of the device and the convenience of shooting.
其中,移动平台可以包括动力机构、传感系统。此外,该移动平台还可以包括通讯系统。Wherein, the mobile platform may include a power mechanism and a sensor system. Additionally, the mobile platform may also include a communication system.
具体的,动力机构可以包括一个或者多个旋转体、螺旋桨、桨叶、引擎、电机、轮子、轴承、磁铁、喷嘴。例如,动力机构的旋转体可以是自紧固(self-tightening)旋转体、旋转体组件、或者其它的旋转体动力单元。移动平台可以有一个或者多个动力机构。所有的动力机构可以是相同的类型或不同的类型。例如,动力机构能够使移动平台垂直地从表面起飞,或者垂直地降落在表面上,而不需要移动平台任何水平运动(如不需要在跑道上滑行)。例如,移动平台可以有多个水平方向的旋转体,以控制移动平台的提升和/或推动。Specifically, the power mechanism may include one or more rotating bodies, propellers, paddles, engines, motors, wheels, bearings, magnets, and nozzles. For example, the rotating body of the power mechanism may be a self-tightening rotating body, a rotating body assembly, or other rotating body power units. A mobile platform can have one or more power mechanisms. All power mechanisms can be of the same type or of different types. For example, the power mechanism enables the mobile platform to take off vertically from a surface, or land vertically on a surface, without requiring any horizontal movement of the mobile platform (eg, without needing to taxi on a runway). For example, the mobile platform may have multiple horizontal rotating bodies to control the lifting and/or pushing of the mobile platform.
传感系统可以包括一个或者多个传感器,以包括但不限于感测移动平台的周边障碍物、空间方位、速度和/或加速度(如相对于多达三个自由度的旋转及平移)。The sensing system may include one or more sensors to include, but not limited to, sense surrounding obstacles, spatial orientation, velocity and/or acceleration (eg, rotation and translation with respect to up to three degrees of freedom) of the mobile platform.
通讯系统可以参考下述中云台的通讯系统相关部分内容,在此不再赘述。For the communication system, you can refer to the relevant part of the communication system of the cloud platform below, and will not repeat it here.
如图2所示,拍摄系统200包括拍摄装置、云台,云台可以调整拍摄装置的拍摄角度、取景范围等。云台包括竖向增稳机构22、轴向增稳机构24和基座26。轴向增稳机构24承载于竖向增稳机构22,竖向增稳机构22承载于基座26。As shown in FIG. 2 , the photographing system 200 includes a photographing device and a pan/tilt, and the pan/tilt can adjust the photographing angle and viewfinder range of the photographing device. The platform includes a vertical stabilization mechanism 22 , an axial stabilization mechanism 24 and a base 26 . The axial stabilizing mechanism 24 is carried on the vertical stabilizing mechanism 22 , and the vertical stabilizing mechanism 22 is carried on the base 26 .
其中,基座26可以包括由用户握持的把持组件,以利于拍摄系统200的握持使用。当然,可以理解,该基座26也可以是布置在例如上述说明的UAV、小车、机器人等移动平台上。Wherein, the base 26 may include a handle component held by the user, so as to facilitate the holding and use of the camera system 200 . Of course, it can be understood that the base 26 can also be arranged on mobile platforms such as the UAV, trolley, and robot described above.
其中,云台也可以不包括竖向增稳机构,通过对云台中轴向增稳机构的平动控制,实现云台的收纳。如图3所示,拍摄系统包括拍摄装置、云台30,云台30包括轴向增稳机构32,轴向增稳机构32可以包括至少一个转轴机构,各个转轴机构可以包括配套的电机以驱动负载的运动。Wherein, the gimbal may not include the vertical stabilization mechanism, and the storage of the gimbal is realized through the translational control of the axial stabilization mechanism in the gimbal. As shown in Figure 3, the shooting system includes a shooting device, a cloud platform 30, and the cloud platform 30 includes an axial stabilization mechanism 32, and the axial stabilization mechanism 32 can include at least one rotating shaft mechanism, and each rotating shaft mechanism can include a supporting motor to drive movement of the load.
在某些实施例中,轴向增稳机构32还可以包括使得负载能够发生平动的结构。示例性的,轴向增稳机构32包括两个轴臂322、323,均设置在把持部组件31上,两个轴臂322、323能够相对于把持部组件31发生线性移动和针对指定轴发生旋转运动。例如,轴臂322能够相对于把持部组件31发生竖直向平动,轴臂323能够相对于轴臂322发生水平向平动。进一步的,轴臂322固定在轴向增稳机构的驱动电机321上,驱动电机321能够驱动轴臂322以及轴臂323围绕偏航轴发生转动。其中,可以理解,上述竖直向的平动和/或水平向的平动可以是由人力驱动的,也可以是由电机驱动的,在此不做限定。In some embodiments, the axial stabilization mechanism 32 may also include a structure enabling translation of the load. Exemplarily, the axial stabilization mechanism 32 includes two shaft arms 322, 323, both of which are arranged on the handle assembly 31, and the two shaft arms 322, 323 can move linearly relative to the handle assembly 31 and generate Rotational movement. For example, the shaft arm 322 can move vertically relative to the handle assembly 31 , and the shaft arm 323 can move horizontally relative to the shaft arm 322 . Further, the shaft arm 322 is fixed on the driving motor 321 of the axial stabilization mechanism, and the driving motor 321 can drive the shaft arm 322 and the shaft arm 323 to rotate around the yaw axis. Wherein, it can be understood that the above-mentioned vertical translation and/or horizontal translation may be driven by human power or by a motor, which is not limited herein.
在某些实施例中,轴向增稳机构中可以仅包括转轴机构,以使得负载绕至少一个或多个轴转动。其中,轴向增稳机构可以被整体驱动以沿一个或多个方向发生平动,如竖直方向,从而实现云台的收纳。In some embodiments, the axial stabilization mechanism may only include a rotating shaft mechanism, so that the load rotates about at least one or more axes. Wherein, the axial stabilizing mechanism can be integrally driven to move in translation along one or more directions, such as the vertical direction, so as to realize the storage of the pan/tilt.
在该实施例中,把持部组件31可以包括显示屏,以显示负载捕获的数据,例如,把持部组件31可以为电子设备(如手机、平板电脑、可穿戴设备等)的主体。In this embodiment, the handle assembly 31 may include a display screen to display the data captured by the load, for example, the handle assembly 31 may be the main body of an electronic device (such as a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a wearable device, etc.).
可以理解,除了上述的应用场景之外,在适用的情况下,本申请提供的云台控制方法、云台和拍摄系统也可以具有其它应用场景,目的在于通过不同于转轴的轴向方向实现轴向增稳机构中至少一个转轴机构的运动,实现云台的自动收纳,以实现减少空间占用,以及降低发生结构干涉风险的问题。并且进一步的,能够借助机械限位和机械机构造成的死点进行自锁。当需要收纳云台时,用户可以给云台发出表征进入收纳模式的指令,使得云台自动调节至收纳姿态,以提升云台和/或拍摄装置的安全性和操作便捷度。It can be understood that, in addition to the above-mentioned application scenarios, the pan-tilt control method, pan-tilt and shooting system provided by the present application may also have other application scenarios where applicable, and the purpose is to realize the rotation axis through an axial direction different from the rotation axis. The movement of at least one rotating shaft mechanism in the stabilization mechanism realizes the automatic storage of the pan/tilt, so as to reduce space occupation and reduce the risk of structural interference. And further, self-locking can be performed by means of the dead point caused by the mechanical limit and the mechanical mechanism. When the gimbal needs to be stored, the user can send an instruction to the gimbal to enter the storage mode, so that the gimbal automatically adjusts to the storage posture, so as to improve the safety and convenience of operation of the gimbal and/or the shooting device.
为便于理解,下面对本申请中云台的相关部件进行说明。For ease of understanding, the relevant components of the cloud platform in this application will be described below.
在某些实施例中,负载包括但不限于拍摄装置、声波检测装置、测绘装置、喷洒装置、红外检测装置、雷达等。具体的,拍摄装置可以具有摄像头,能够拍摄图像或视频,拍摄装置包括但不限于相机、摄像机或具有成像功能的移动电话或平板电脑。In some embodiments, the load includes, but is not limited to, a photographing device, an acoustic detection device, a surveying device, a spraying device, an infrared detection device, a radar, and the like. Specifically, the photographing device may have a camera capable of photographing images or videos, and the photographing device includes but is not limited to a camera, a video camera, or a mobile phone or a tablet computer with an imaging function.
在某些实施例中,轴向增稳机构可以实现围绕单轴、两轴或三轴等转动。具体地,以轴向增稳机构能够围绕三轴转动为例进行示例性说明,具体为可以围绕偏航轴线、横滚轴线和俯仰轴线转动。In some embodiments, the axial stabilization mechanism can realize rotation around a single axis, two axes, or three axes. Specifically, an example is given by taking an example in which the axial stabilization mechanism can rotate around three axes, specifically, it can rotate around a yaw axis, a roll axis, and a pitch axis.
例如,轴向增稳机构包括第一轴线驱动器、第一支架、第二轴线驱动器、第二支架和 第三轴线驱动器。第一支架连接到第一轴线驱动器,并且可以被第一轴线驱动器驱动以绕第一轴线转动。第二轴线驱动器固定在第一支架的远离第一轴线驱动器的端部。第二支架连接到第二轴线驱动器,并且可以被第二轴线驱动器驱动以绕第二轴线转动。第三轴线驱动器固定地布置在第二支架的远离第二轴线驱动器的端部。拍摄装置连接到第三轴线驱动器,并且可以被第三轴线驱动器驱动以绕第三轴线转动。第一轴线驱动器、第二轴线驱动器和第三轴线驱动器可以是无刷电机等。For example, the axial stabilization mechanism includes a first axis driver, a first bracket, a second axis driver, a second bracket and a third axis driver. The first bracket is connected to the first axis driver and is drivable to rotate about the first axis by the first axis driver. The second axis driver is fixed on the end of the first bracket away from the first axis driver. The second bracket is connected to the second axis driver and is drivable to rotate about the second axis by the second axis driver. The third axis drive is fixedly arranged at the end of the second support remote from the second axis drive. The photographing device is connected to the third axis driver and can be driven by the third axis driver to rotate about the third axis. The first axis driver, the second axis driver and the third axis driver may be brushless motors or the like.
其中,轴向增稳机构还可以包括传感器。传感器可以被配置为感测拍摄装置的姿态信息。例如,传感器可以包括惯性测量单元(Inertial Measurement Unit,简称IMU)。例如,传感器可以包括角度传感器,诸如光电编码器、霍尔传感器,用于测量轴向增稳机构的每个轴线驱动器的转动角度。当然,传感器的类型不限于上述示例。Wherein, the axial stabilization mechanism may also include a sensor. The sensor may be configured to sense pose information of the photographing device. For example, the sensor may include an inertial measurement unit (Inertial Measurement Unit, IMU for short). For example, the sensors may include angle sensors, such as photoelectric encoders, Hall sensors, for measuring the rotation angle of each axis driver of the axial stabilization mechanism. Of course, the types of sensors are not limited to the above examples.
此外,轴向增稳机构还可以包括处理器,处理器可以被配置为根据传感器获得的姿态信息来控制第一轴线驱动器、第二轴线驱动器和第三轴线驱动器中的至少一者,以消除拍摄系统的在轴线方向上的振动对拍摄效果的影响。即,云台具有在轴线方向上的增稳功能,并且可以被视为在轴线方向上的增稳机构。例如,处理器可以控制第一轴线驱动器、第二轴线驱动器和第三轴线驱动器中的至少一者沿与拍摄装置的振动方向相反的方向转动,以消除拍摄装置在轴线方向上的振动对拍摄效果的影响。在某些实施例中,处理器还可以用于响应于源自用户的控制指令来控制第一轴线驱动器、第二轴线驱动器和第三轴线驱动器中的至少一者,以实现用户期望的拍摄角度或针对目标对象的摄影。In addition, the axial stabilization mechanism may further include a processor, and the processor may be configured to control at least one of the first axis driver, the second axis driver, and the third axis driver according to the attitude information obtained by the sensor, so as to eliminate The influence of the vibration of the system in the axis direction on the shooting effect. That is, the gimbal has a stabilizing function in the axial direction, and can be regarded as a stabilizing mechanism in the axial direction. For example, the processor may control at least one of the first axis driver, the second axis driver and the third axis driver to rotate in a direction opposite to the vibration direction of the camera, so as to eliminate the effect of the vibration of the camera on the axis direction on the camera. Impact. In some embodiments, the processor can also be used to control at least one of the first axis driver, the second axis driver and the third axis driver in response to a control instruction from the user, so as to realize the shooting angle desired by the user Or targeted photography.
其中,在云台包括竖向增稳机构时,轴向增稳机构可以设置在竖向增稳机构的一端。轴向增稳机构中的第一轴线驱动器、第二轴线驱动器和第三轴线驱动器的连接线可以设置在竖向增稳机构中,以便与设置在承载竖向增稳机构的平台(如上述提到的基座)中的处理器、电源等耦接。需要说明的是,轴向增稳机构中的各处理器可以集成设置在平台中,但在此不做限定。Wherein, when the gimbal includes a vertical stabilization mechanism, the axial stabilization mechanism can be arranged at one end of the vertical stabilization mechanism. The connecting lines of the first axis driver, the second axis driver and the third axis driver in the axial stabilization mechanism can be arranged in the vertical stabilization mechanism so as to be arranged on the platform carrying the vertical stabilization mechanism (as mentioned above). to the processor, power supply, etc. in the dock). It should be noted that the processors in the axial stabilization mechanism can be integrated in the platform, but it is not limited here.
示例性的,如图4所示,竖向增稳机构包括竖向增稳电机62、轴向增稳机构连接部80和连接臂223。其中,竖向增稳电机62可以设置在承载竖向增稳机构的平台上,如基座26,连接臂223的第一端与竖向增稳电机62的转动部件固定连接,连接臂223的第二端与轴向增稳机构连接部80连接,该轴向增稳机构连接部80用于连接轴向增稳机构24。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 4 , the vertical stabilization mechanism includes a vertical stabilization motor 62 , an axial stabilization mechanism connecting portion 80 and a connecting arm 223 . Wherein, the vertical stabilizing motor 62 can be arranged on a platform carrying a vertical stabilizing mechanism, such as the base 26, the first end of the connecting arm 223 is fixedly connected with the rotating part of the vertical stabilizing motor 62, and the connecting arm 223 The second end is connected with the axial stability increasing mechanism connection part 80 , and the axial stability increasing mechanism connection part 80 is used for connecting the axial stability increasing mechanism 24 .
竖向增稳电机62能够驱动连接臂223运动,使得连接臂223驱动轴向增稳机构连接部80沿竖直方向移动。竖向增稳电机62可以采用多种类型的电机,例如,无刷电机。因此,竖向增稳机构可以利用竖向增稳电机62来驱动轴向增稳机构和设置在轴向增稳机构 处的拍摄装置在竖直方向(重力方向)上沿与拍摄装置的振动相反的方向移动,使得拍摄装置在竖直方向上的振动可以被补偿。因此,可以改善在图像拍摄期间由拍摄装置在竖直方向上的振动引起的图像抖动。The vertical stabilization motor 62 can drive the connecting arm 223 to move, so that the connecting arm 223 drives the axial stabilization mechanism connecting portion 80 to move vertically. The vertical stabilization motor 62 can adopt various types of motors, for example, brushless motors. Therefore, the vertical stabilizing mechanism can utilize the vertical stabilizing motor 62 to drive the axial stabilizing mechanism and the photographing device arranged at the axial stabilizing mechanism along the direction opposite to the vibration of the photographing device in the vertical direction (gravity direction). The direction of movement, so that the vibration of the camera in the vertical direction can be compensated. Therefore, image shake caused by vibration of the photographing device in the vertical direction during image capturing can be improved.
连接臂223可以将竖向增稳电机62的转动传输到轴向增稳机构连接部80,以使轴向增稳机构连接部80沿竖直方向移动,可以对固定在连接臂223上的轴向增稳机构连接部80进行增稳,进而实现对设置在轴向增稳机构连接部80上的拍摄装置进行竖向增稳。在某些实施例中,连接臂223可以包括变形机构,竖向增稳电机62可以驱动变形机构变形,以使得连接臂223驱动轴向增稳机构连接部80沿竖直方向移动,其中,变形机构可以包括平行四边形机构。The connecting arm 223 can transmit the rotation of the vertical stabilizing motor 62 to the connecting part 80 of the axial stabilizing mechanism, so that the connecting part 80 of the axial stabilizing mechanism can move in the vertical direction, and the shaft fixed on the connecting arm 223 can be adjusted. Stabilization is performed toward the connection portion 80 of the stabilization mechanism, thereby achieving vertical stabilization of the photographing device disposed on the connection portion 80 of the axial stabilization mechanism. In some embodiments, the connecting arm 223 may include a deformation mechanism, and the vertical stabilization motor 62 may drive the deformation mechanism to deform, so that the connecting arm 223 drives the axial stabilization mechanism connection portion 80 to move in the vertical direction, wherein the deformation The mechanism may include a parallelogram mechanism.
在某些实施例中,云台还可以包括传感系统。传感系统除了包括轴向增稳机构中的传感器之外,还可以另外包括一个或者多个传感器,该一个或者多个传感器包括但不限于GPS传感器、惯性测量单元、角度传感器或者影像传感器等。传感系统提供的感测数据可以用于控制负载的位姿、速度和/或加速度等,也可以用于检测云台的环境数据,如障碍物位置。In some embodiments, the gimbal may also include a sensing system. In addition to the sensors in the axial stabilization mechanism, the sensor system may further include one or more sensors, including but not limited to GPS sensors, inertial measurement units, angle sensors, or image sensors. The sensing data provided by the sensing system can be used to control the posture, speed and/or acceleration of the load, and can also be used to detect the environmental data of the gimbal, such as the position of obstacles.
在某些实施例中,云台上还可以包括通讯系统。通讯系统能够实现云台与具有通讯系统的控制终端通过有线或无线收发的信号进行通讯。通讯系统可以包括任何数量的用于无线通讯的发送器、接收器、和/或收发器。通讯可以是单向通讯,这样数据可以从一个方向发送。例如,单向通讯可以包括,只有云台传送数据给负载,或者反之亦然。通讯系统的一个或者多个发送器可以发送数据给通讯系统的一个或者多个接收器,反之亦然。可选地,通讯可以是双向通讯,这样,数据可以在云台与负载之间在两个方向传输。双向通讯包括通讯系统的一个或者多个发送器可以发送数据给通讯系统的一个或者多个接收器,及反之亦然。In some embodiments, the cloud platform may also include a communication system. The communication system can realize the communication between the pan-tilt and the control terminal with the communication system through wired or wireless signals sent and received. A communication system may include any number of transmitters, receivers, and/or transceivers for wireless communication. Communication can be unidirectional so that data is sent in one direction. For example, one-way communication can include that only the gimbal transmits data to the load, or vice versa. One or more transmitters of the communication system can send data to one or more receivers of the communication system, and vice versa. Optionally, the communication can be bi-directional, so that data can be transmitted in both directions between the pan/tilt and the load. Two-way communication involves that one or more transmitters of the communication system can send data to one or more receivers of the communication system, and vice versa.
其中,云台可以设置在移动平台上,移动平台与控制终端相连。相应地,控制终端还可以与云台或负载相连,控制终端可以向云台及负载中的一个或者多个提供控制指令,并且从云台及负载中的一个或者多个中接收信息,其中,从负载传送的感应信息包括负载捕获的数据或者负载的状态。在某些实施例中,控制终端的控制数据可以对云台进行控制,如控制云台的姿态变化、运动模式。控制终端的控制数据也可以对负载进行控制,如控制拍摄装置或者其它影像捕获设备的操作(捕获静止或者运动的影像、变焦、开启或关闭、切换成像模式、改变影像分辨率、改变焦距、改变景深、改变曝光时间、改变可视角度或者视场)。在某些实施例中,对云台和/或负载的通讯可以包括一个或者多个传感器发出的 信息。通讯还可以包括从一个或者多个不同类型的传感器(如GPS传感器、惯性传感器、关节角传感器或者影像传感器)传送的感应信息,感应信息是关于对云台和/或负载的位置(如方向、位置)、运动、或者加速度。Wherein, the cloud platform can be set on the mobile platform, and the mobile platform is connected with the control terminal. Correspondingly, the control terminal can also be connected with the cloud platform or the load, and the control terminal can provide control instructions to one or more of the cloud platform and the load, and receive information from one or more of the cloud platform and the load, wherein, The sensed information transmitted from the load includes data captured by the load or the status of the load. In some embodiments, the control data of the control terminal can control the pan/tilt, such as controlling the attitude change and motion mode of the pan/tilt. The control data of the control terminal can also control the load, such as controlling the operation of the shooting device or other image capture equipment (capturing still or moving images, zooming, turning on or off, switching imaging modes, changing image resolution, changing focal length, changing depth of field, changing exposure time, changing viewing angle or field of view). In some embodiments, communications to the gimbal and/or payload may include information from one or more sensors. The communication may also include sensing information transmitted from one or more different types of sensors (such as GPS sensors, inertial sensors, joint angle sensors, or image sensors), the sensing information is about the position of the gimbal and/or the load (such as orientation, position), motion, or acceleration.
在某些实施例中,云台及负载中一个或多个可以包括通讯模块,用于与控制终端通讯,以便控制终端可以单独地通讯或者控制云台及负载。其中,控制终端可以为云台的遥控器,也可以为诸如手机、iPad、可穿戴电子设备等能够用于控制云台的智能电子设备。In some embodiments, one or more of the pan/tilt and the load may include a communication module for communicating with the control terminal, so that the control terminal can communicate or control the pan/tilt and the load independently. Wherein, the control terminal may be a remote controller of the pan/tilt, or may be an intelligent electronic device such as a mobile phone, an iPad, or a wearable electronic device that can be used to control the pan/tilt.
其中,云台可以与除了控制终端之外的其它远程设备,或者非控制终端的远程设备通讯。控制终端也可以与另外一个远程设备及云台进行通讯。例如,云台和/或控制终端可以与另一个移动平台或者另一个移动平台的负载通讯。当有需要的时候,另外的远程设备可以是其它终端或者其它计算设备(如计算机、桌上型电脑、平板电脑、智能手机、或者其它移动设备)。该远程设备可以向云台传送数据,从云台接收数据,传送数据给控制终端,和/或从控制终端接收数据。可选的,该远程设备可以连接到因特网或者其它电信网络,以使从云台和/或控制终端接收的数据上传到网站或者服务器上。Wherein, the pan/tilt can communicate with other remote devices except the control terminal, or remote devices other than the control terminal. The control terminal can also communicate with another remote device and PTZ. For example, the pan/tilt and/or the control terminal can communicate with another mobile platform or a payload of another mobile platform. Additional remote devices may be other terminals or other computing devices (such as computers, desktops, tablets, smartphones, or other mobile devices), when desired. The remote device can transmit data to the pan-tilt, receive data from the pan-tilt, transmit data to the control terminal, and/or receive data from the control terminal. Optionally, the remote device can be connected to the Internet or other telecommunication networks, so that the data received from the pan/tilt and/or the control terminal can be uploaded to a website or server.
在某些实施例中,云台还可以包括输入部,用于接收用户操作,并且生成与用户操作对应的控制指令,该控制指令包括但不限于用于控制电机来驱动轴臂运动。例如,输入部包括但不限于机械输入部(如按键、机械摇杆),以及虚拟按键(如信息输入窗口和虚拟摇杆)等。其中,输入部中可以设置处理器,用于对输入的控制指令进行处理,或者收发信号等。当然,处理器也可以设置于上述提到的把持组件中。In some embodiments, the pan/tilt may further include an input unit for receiving user operations and generating control instructions corresponding to the user operations, the control instructions include but are not limited to controlling the motor to drive the arm to move. For example, the input unit includes, but is not limited to, mechanical input units (such as keys and mechanical joysticks), and virtual keys (such as information input windows and virtual joysticks). Wherein, a processor may be arranged in the input part, and is used for processing the input control instruction, or sending and receiving signals, and the like. Certainly, the processor can also be arranged in the above-mentioned handle assembly.
在某些实施例中,云台还可以包括显示器,用于显示对云台和/或负载关于位置、平移速度、平移加速度、方向、角速度、角加速度、或者其结合等的信息。显示器可以用于获取负载发送的信息,如感测数据(相机或者其它影像捕获设备记录的影像)、所描述的姿态信息、控制反馈数据等。其中,显示器可以集成于云台的本体,也可以与云台的本体可拆卸连接。In some embodiments, the gimbal may also include a display for displaying information about the gimbal and/or the payload regarding position, translational velocity, translational acceleration, direction, angular velocity, angular acceleration, or a combination thereof. The display can be used to obtain information sent by the load, such as sensing data (images recorded by cameras or other image capture devices), described attitude information, control feedback data, etc. Wherein, the display can be integrated into the body of the pan-tilt, or can be detachably connected with the body of the pan-tilt.
需要说明的是,上述仅为云台的示例性说明。负载和云台可以是一体设置的,也可以是分体式设置的,在此不做限定。It should be noted that, the foregoing is only an exemplary description of the pan/tilt. The load and the pan/tilt can be integrated or separated, which is not limited here.
如图5所示,该云台控制方法可以包括操作S520~操作S540。As shown in FIG. 5 , the method for controlling the pan/tilt may include operation S520 to operation S540.
在操作S520,获取指示云台进入收纳模式的触发事件。In operation S520, a trigger event instructing the pan/tilt to enter the storage mode is acquired.
在某些实施例中,云台包括轴向增稳机构,轴向增稳机构用于承载负载,且用于驱动负载绕至少一个轴线旋转,如绕偏航轴、俯仰轴和横滚轴中至少一个轴旋转。In some embodiments, the gimbal includes an axial stabilization mechanism for carrying a load and for driving the load to rotate around at least one axis, such as around a yaw axis, a pitch axis, and a roll axis. At least one axis rotates.
在某些实施例中,指示云台进入收纳模式的触发事件包括但不限于:接收到表征进入 休眠的用户操作、接收到表征下电的用户操作、接收到表征负载超过负载阈值的信号等。其中,负载超过负载阈值时,相应电机的电流可能已超过电流阈值,但是仍然无法驱动负载运动或者无法驱动负载按照预期运动效果进行运动。如果继续加大电流以达到预期运动效果,则可能导致电机烧毁。此时,为了对电机等进行部件进行保护,则可以触发云台进入收纳模式。In some embodiments, the trigger event indicating that the gimbal enters the storage mode includes, but is not limited to: receiving a user operation indicating that it enters dormancy, receiving a user operation indicating that it is powered off, receiving a signal indicating that the load exceeds a load threshold, and the like. Wherein, when the load exceeds the load threshold, the current of the corresponding motor may have exceeded the current threshold, but it still cannot drive the load to move or cannot drive the load to move according to the expected movement effect. If you continue to increase the current to achieve the desired motion effect, it may cause the motor to burn out. At this time, in order to protect the motor and other components, the gimbal can be triggered to enter the storage mode.
在某些实施例中,触发事件可以是物理按键被按下的用户操作。例如,云台的把持组件上设置有与一键收纳功能或下电功能对应的物理按钮。其中,这两个功能可以共用一个按钮,如单击该物理按钮时,对应的操作指令是休眠;如双击该物理按钮时,对应的操作指令是下电,具体操作方式对应的操作指令的切换此处不做具体限定。上述两个功能也可以是分别单独设置一个物理按钮。此外,云台可以在处于关机模式或收纳模式时,通过按下(短按或者长按)开关机按钮进入工作模式(如控制云台处于展开状态)。另外,还可以通过按下遥控器的按钮来触发进入收纳模式,其中,遥控器可以与云台通信连接,或者遥控器与承载云台的移动平台通信连接,由移动平台将触发事件传输给云台,在此不做具体限定。In some embodiments, the trigger event may be a user operation that a physical key is pressed. For example, the handle component of the gimbal is provided with a physical button corresponding to the one-key storage function or the power-off function. Among them, these two functions can share a button. For example, when the physical button is clicked, the corresponding operation instruction is sleep; No specific limitation is made here. The above two functions may also be separately provided with a physical button. In addition, when the gimbal is in shutdown mode or storage mode, press (short press or long press) the power button to enter the working mode (such as controlling the gimbal to be in the unfolded state). In addition, the storage mode can also be triggered by pressing the button of the remote control, wherein the remote control can communicate with the pan/tilt, or the remote control can communicate with the mobile platform carrying the pan/tilt, and the mobile platform transmits the trigger event to the cloud Taiwan, not specifically limited here.
在某些实施例中,触发事件可以是针对交互界面的显示组件(如按钮)的用户操作。例如,云台包括显示器,显示器显示的交互界面上包括与收纳模式对应的虚拟按键、滑条、指令输入框等显示组件,用户通过操作显示组件来生成上述触发事件。当然,该虚拟按钮也可以设于与云台或移动平台通信连接的遥控器上。In some embodiments, the triggering event may be a user operation on a display component (such as a button) of the interactive interface. For example, the pan/tilt includes a display, and the interactive interface displayed on the display includes display components such as virtual buttons, sliders, and command input boxes corresponding to the storage mode, and the user generates the trigger event by operating the display components. Of course, the virtual button can also be set on the remote controller that communicates with the pan/tilt or the mobile platform.
在某些实施例中,触发事件可以是身份认证通过的事件,如基于生物特征进行身份验证成功。包括但不限于:人脸识别、指纹识别或虹膜识别等方式进行身份认证。当然,该身份认证的过程也可以通过与云台或移动平台通信连接的遥控器来实现。In some embodiments, the triggering event may be an event of successful identity authentication, such as successful identity authentication based on biometric features. Including but not limited to: face recognition, fingerprint recognition or iris recognition for identity authentication. Of course, the identity authentication process can also be realized through a remote controller that communicates with the pan/tilt or the mobile platform.
在某些实施例中,触发事件可以是云台按照预设轨迹移动的事件。例如,如当云台的移动轨迹为左右晃动时,触发进入收纳模式。In some embodiments, the triggering event may be an event that the pan/tilt moves according to a preset track. For example, when the movement track of the gimbal is shaking from side to side, trigger to enter the storage mode.
在某些实施例中,触发事件可以是云台的姿态被动改变至预设姿态的事件。例如,当用户手动转动云台中轴向增稳机构的转轴结构以使转轴结构转动至预设姿态时,触发进入收纳模式。In some embodiments, the triggering event may be an event that the posture of the gimbal passively changes to a preset posture. For example, when the user manually rotates the rotating shaft structure of the axial stabilization mechanism in the gimbal so that the rotating shaft structure rotates to a preset posture, it is triggered to enter the storage mode.
在某些实施例中,对于负载和云台不是一体式设置的场景中,在响应于指示云台进入收纳模式的触发事件之后,并在控制轴向增稳机构中的至少一个转轴结构沿特定方向发生运动之前,可以先判断云台上是否承载有负载,并在云台上承载有负载时对用户进行提示。例如,提示信息包括但不限于以下至少一种:不适合收纳、负载未取下、存在发生干涉风 险等。其中,判断云台上是否承载有负载的方式可以通过电机的输出力矩进行判断。如此,可避免正常使用过程中的误操作,也避免负载的损坏。In some embodiments, in the scenario where the load and the pan/tilt are not integrated, after responding to a trigger event indicating that the pan/tilt enters the storage mode, and after controlling at least one rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism along a specific Before the direction of movement occurs, it can first judge whether there is a load on the gimbal, and prompt the user when there is a load on the gimbal. For example, the prompt information includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: not suitable for storage, the load is not removed, there is a risk of interference, etc. Wherein, the way of judging whether there is a load on the gimbal can be judged by the output torque of the motor. In this way, misoperation during normal use and damage to the load can be avoided.
在某些实施例中,与收纳模式下的收纳状态对应的目标收纳位置可以是预先设定的,如在云台出厂前已设置完成。目标收纳位置也可以是由用户自定义设置的。其中,当目标收纳位置是由用户自定义设置时,可以使得云台有多个不同的预设的收纳位置,以满足在多场景下的特定需求。例如,以云台承载拍摄装置为例,拍摄装置加装了高倍率镜头,为了避免镜头由于结构干涉而损伤,则可以将目标收纳位置设置为与朝向拍摄目标的方向转动180°后对应的位置。例如,为了减少拍摄装置占用的空间,则可以将目标收纳位置设置为向下运动至指定位置,以充分利用云台在纵向上的空间占用。例如,为了降低雨雪对镜头的污染并且降低姿态切换用时,可以将目标收纳位置设置为相对于水平方向向下旋转45°。其中,目标收纳位置也可以是根据云台承载的负载来确定的,如对于镜头长度较短的负载(如具有拍摄功能的手机),则目标收纳位置对应于无需控制负载围绕偏航轴转180°等。如对于安装有长焦镜头的负载,则目标收纳位置对应于长焦镜头沿竖直方向朝向天空的位置。In some embodiments, the target storage position corresponding to the storage state in the storage mode may be preset, for example, it has been set before the pan/tilt leaves the factory. The target storage location can also be customized by the user. Wherein, when the target storage position is customized by the user, the pan/tilt may have multiple different preset storage positions to meet specific requirements in multiple scenarios. For example, take the shooting device carried by the pan-tilt as an example. The shooting device is equipped with a high-magnification lens. In order to avoid damage to the lens due to structural interference, the target storage position can be set to the corresponding position after turning 180° towards the shooting target. . For example, in order to reduce the space occupied by the shooting device, the target storage position may be set to move downward to a specified position, so as to fully utilize the vertical space occupied by the pan/tilt. For example, in order to reduce the pollution of the lens by rain and snow and reduce the time required for attitude switching, the target storage position may be set to be rotated downward by 45° relative to the horizontal direction. Among them, the target storage position can also be determined according to the load carried by the gimbal. For example, for a load with a short lens length (such as a mobile phone with a shooting function), the target storage position corresponds to the need not to control the load to rotate 180 degrees around the yaw axis. ° etc. For example, for a load equipped with a telephoto lens, the target storage position corresponds to the position where the telephoto lens faces the sky in the vertical direction.
在操作S540,响应于触发事件,控制轴向增稳机构中的至少一个转轴结构沿特定方向发生运动,以使得云台处于收纳状态,其中,特定方向不同于轴线的轴向方向。In operation S540, in response to a trigger event, at least one rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism is controlled to move in a specific direction, wherein the specific direction is different from the axial direction of the axis, so that the pan/tilt is in the storage state.
收纳模式可以包括针对轴向增稳机构的位姿的调节,也可以包括针对云台的供电状态、针对负载的供电状态中至少一种的调整。其中,在云台包括竖向增稳机构时,由于轴向增稳机构承载于竖向增稳机构,则针对轴向增稳机构的位姿的调节,包括利用竖向增稳机构的调节来实现。The storage mode may include adjustments to the pose of the axial stabilization mechanism, and may also include adjustments to at least one of the power supply state of the gimbal and the power supply state of the load. Among them, when the gimbal includes a vertical stabilization mechanism, since the axial stabilization mechanism is carried by the vertical stabilization mechanism, the adjustment of the posture of the axial stabilization mechanism includes using the adjustment of the vertical stabilization mechanism to accomplish.
其中,云台的供电状态包括但不限于:上电状态、下电状态,该上电状态包括正常工作状态、休眠状态。负载的供电状态包括但不限于:上电状态、下电状态,该上电状态包括正常工作状态、休眠状态。Wherein, the power supply state of the pan/tilt includes but not limited to: a power-on state and a power-off state, and the power-on state includes a normal working state and a sleep state. The power supply state of the load includes but is not limited to: a power-on state and a power-off state, and the power-on state includes a normal working state and a sleep state.
在某些实施例中,可以通过电机等动力源提供驱动力,以驱动轴向增稳机构中的至少一个转轴结构沿特定方向发生运动,从而实现自动收纳。此外,动力源还可以是线性马达、液缸、气缸、成组的磁铁等。In some embodiments, a motor or other power source may be used to provide driving force to drive at least one rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism to move in a specific direction, so as to realize automatic storage. In addition, the power source can also be a linear motor, a hydraulic cylinder, an air cylinder, a group of magnets, and the like.
在某些实施例中,控制轴向增稳机构中的至少一个转轴结构沿特定方向发生运动可以包括:控制轴向增稳机构中的至少一个转轴结构沿特定方向发生平动。参考图3所示,例如,轴臂322能够相对于把持部组件31发生竖直向平动,轴臂323能够相对于轴臂322发生水平向平动。当然,也可以如前述的,控制轴向增稳机构整体沿特定方向发生平动。 该特定方向可以平行于某一轴线的轴向方向,轴向增稳机构中的某一负载可以绕该轴线旋转。In some embodiments, controlling at least one rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism to move in a specific direction may include: controlling at least one rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism to move in a specific direction. Referring to FIG. 3 , for example, the shaft arm 322 can move vertically relative to the handle assembly 31 , and the shaft arm 323 can move horizontally relative to the shaft arm 322 . Of course, as mentioned above, it is also possible to control the overall translational movement of the axial stabilization mechanism along a specific direction. The specific direction may be parallel to the axial direction of an axis around which a certain load in the axial stabilization mechanism may rotate.
在某些实施例中,控制轴向增稳机构中的至少一个转轴结构沿特定方向发生运动可以包括:控制轴向增稳机构沿特定方向发生转动。例如,可以控制轴向增稳机构的整体绕特定方向转动,从而实现沿着重力方向进行平动。需要说明的是,上述平动包括沿直线运动或大致沿直线进行运动。例如,当轴向增稳机构的整体以较大的半径发生转动时,可以将轴向增稳机构的整体的运动轨迹认为基本是沿直线运动。当竖向增稳机构的连接臂发生转动时,使得轴向增稳机构的整体运动轨迹可以近似为平动轨迹。In some embodiments, controlling at least one rotating shaft structure in the axial stability increasing mechanism to move in a specific direction may include: controlling the axial stability increasing mechanism to rotate in a specific direction. For example, the entirety of the axial stabilization mechanism can be controlled to rotate around a specific direction, so as to achieve translation along the direction of gravity. It should be noted that the above-mentioned translation includes moving along a straight line or moving substantially along a straight line. For example, when the entirety of the axial stabilization mechanism rotates with a relatively large radius, the overall motion track of the axial stabilization mechanism can be considered to be basically moving along a straight line. When the connecting arm of the vertical stabilization mechanism rotates, the overall motion trajectory of the axial stabilization mechanism can be approximated as a translation trajectory.
下面对利用竖向增稳机构实现对轴向增稳机构沿特定反向发生转动的相关结构及工作原理进行具体说明。The relevant structure and working principle of using the vertical stabilization mechanism to realize the rotation of the axial stabilization mechanism in a specific direction will be described in detail below.
以图2为基础,如图6所示,云台还包括竖向增稳机构22,竖向增稳机构22用于承载轴向增稳机构24,且用于驱动轴向增稳机构24沿特定方向发生转动,以抵消负载在竖直方向出现的抖动。Based on Fig. 2, as shown in Fig. 6, the gimbal also includes a vertical stabilization mechanism 22, the vertical stabilization mechanism 22 is used to carry the axial stabilization mechanism 24, and is used to drive the axial stabilization mechanism 24 along the The rotation occurs in a specific direction to counteract the vibration of the load in the vertical direction.
在某些实施例中,结合图6和图11,竖向增稳机构22可以包括连接臂223,连接臂223能够绕特定方向发生转动,轴向增稳机构24连接于连接臂223的一端。在连接臂223绕特定方向发生转动时,连接臂223的连接轴向增稳机构24的一端能够在第一高度位置H1和第二高度位置H2之间运动,以抵消负载在竖直方向出现的抖动。在云台处于收纳状态时,连接臂223的连接轴向增稳机构24的一端可以保持在第一高度位置H1或第二高度位置H2。In some embodiments, referring to FIG. 6 and FIG. 11 , the vertical stabilization mechanism 22 may include a connecting arm 223 capable of rotating around a specific direction, and the axial stabilization mechanism 24 is connected to one end of the connecting arm 223 . When the connecting arm 223 rotates around a specific direction, one end of the connecting arm 223 connected to the axial stabilization mechanism 24 can move between the first height position H1 and the second height position H2, so as to counteract the load in the vertical direction. shake. When the platform is in the stored state, one end of the connecting arm 223 connected to the axial stabilization mechanism 24 can be kept at the first height position H1 or the second height position H2.
在某些实施例中,结合图4和图6,竖向增稳机构22还可以包括连杆66和铰链64,连杆66的两端分别与铰链64和连接臂223的靠近竖直向增稳轴的一端可转动连接,或者连杆66的两端分别与铰链64和连接臂223的腰部可转动连接。连接臂223的一端可以围绕连接轴28旋转,具体的,连接臂223由连杆66驱动,连杆66由铰链64驱动,铰链64可以围绕轴R旋转。其中,轴R可以和竖向增稳电机62,的转动部分(如转子)的轴心同向。In some embodiments, referring to FIG. 4 and FIG. 6 , the vertical stabilization mechanism 22 may further include a connecting rod 66 and a hinge 64. One end of the stabilizing shaft is rotatably connected, or the two ends of the connecting rod 66 are rotatably connected to the hinge 64 and the waist of the connecting arm 223 respectively. One end of the connecting arm 223 can rotate around the connecting shaft 28 , specifically, the connecting arm 223 is driven by the connecting rod 66 , and the connecting rod 66 is driven by the hinge 64 , and the hinge 64 can rotate around the axis R. Wherein, the axis R may be in the same direction as the shaft center of the rotating part (such as the rotor) of the vertical stabilization motor 62′.
在某些实施例中,结合图2、图4和图6,云台还包括基座26,竖向增稳机构22包括竖向增稳电机62,竖向增稳电机62安装在基座26上,铰链64固定在竖向增稳电机62的转轴上。相应地,控制轴向增稳机构24沿特定方向发生转动包括:控制竖向增稳电机62驱动铰链64转动,以使得铰链64通过连杆66带动连接臂223转动,进而使得轴向增稳机构24沿特定方向发生转动。In some embodiments, with reference to FIG. 2 , FIG. 4 and FIG. 6 , the pan/tilt further includes a base 26 , the vertical stabilization mechanism 22 includes a vertical stabilization motor 62 , and the vertical stabilization motor 62 is mounted on the base 26 On, the hinge 64 is fixed on the rotating shaft of the vertical stabilization motor 62. Correspondingly, controlling the axial stabilization mechanism 24 to rotate in a specific direction includes: controlling the vertical stabilization motor 62 to drive the hinge 64 to rotate, so that the hinge 64 drives the connecting arm 223 to rotate through the connecting rod 66, so that the axial stabilization mechanism 24 to rotate in a specific direction.
可以参考图4和图7所示的连接臂223的结构,以进一步说明连接臂223的被驱动原理。如图4所示,连接臂223的一端可转动地固定在基座26上,连接臂223的另一端设有轴向增稳机构连接部80,如此,连接臂223可以将竖向增稳电机62输出的力矩传输到轴向增稳机构连接部80,以使轴向增稳机构连接部80沿竖直方向移动,进而驱动轴向增稳机构24沿竖直方向移动。其中,连接臂223可以包括单条臂,也可以是由多个组件共同组成。The structure of the connecting arm 223 shown in FIG. 4 and FIG. 7 can be referred to to further illustrate the driving principle of the connecting arm 223 . As shown in Figure 4, one end of the connecting arm 223 is rotatably fixed on the base 26, and the other end of the connecting arm 223 is provided with an axial stabilizing mechanism connecting portion 80, so that the connecting arm 223 can connect the vertical stabilizing motor The torque output by 62 is transmitted to the axial stability increasing mechanism connecting portion 80, so that the axial stabilizing mechanism connecting portion 80 moves vertically, and then drives the axial stabilizing mechanism 24 to move vertically. Wherein, the connecting arm 223 may include a single arm, or may be composed of multiple components.
如图4和图7所示,以连接臂223由多个组件构成为例进行示例性说明,连接臂223可以包括平行四边形机构。平行四边形机构包括第一连接臂222、第二连接臂224、可转动地连接到第一连接臂222和第二连接臂224的第一支撑臂226、以及固定连接到基座26的第二支撑臂228。其中,第一连接臂222和第二连接臂224彼此平行,轴向增稳机构连接部80连接到第一支撑臂226,且竖向增稳电机62驱动地连接到第一连接臂222或第二连接臂224中的至少一者;第二支撑臂228与第一支撑臂226相对设置,且第一连接臂222的一端通过铰接点S1和第二连接臂224的一端通过铰接点S2分别可转动地连接到第一支撑臂226,第一连接臂222的另一端通过铰接点S3和第二连接臂224的另一端通过铰接点S4分别可转动地连接到第二支撑臂228。具体的,当平行四边形机构运动时,第二支撑臂228可以被视为相对固定的部件,即不可活动的部件,并且第一连接臂222、第二连接臂224和第一支撑臂226相对于第二支撑臂228移动。可以理解的是,平行四边形机构可以被视为四杆连杆机构,即第一连接臂222、第二连接臂224、第一支撑臂226和第二支撑臂228可以被视为四杆连杆机构的四个臂。其中,竖向增稳电机62可转动地连接到第一连接臂222或第二连接臂224中的至少一者,并驱动第一连接臂222和/或第二连接臂224相对于第二支撑臂228顺时针或逆时针转动,从而使第一支撑臂226上升或下降。As shown in FIG. 4 and FIG. 7 , the connecting arm 223 is constituted by a plurality of components as an example for illustration, and the connecting arm 223 may include a parallelogram mechanism. The parallelogram mechanism includes a first link arm 222, a second link arm 224, a first support arm 226 rotatably connected to the first link arm 222 and the second link arm 224, and a second support arm fixedly connected to the base 26. Arm 228 . Wherein, the first connecting arm 222 and the second connecting arm 224 are parallel to each other, the axial stabilizing mechanism connecting portion 80 is connected to the first supporting arm 226, and the vertical stabilizing motor 62 is drivingly connected to the first connecting arm 222 or the second connecting arm 226. At least one of the two connecting arms 224; the second supporting arm 228 is arranged opposite to the first supporting arm 226, and one end of the first connecting arm 222 passes through the hinge point S1 and one end of the second connecting arm 224 passes through the hinge point S2 respectively. The other end of the first connecting arm 222 is rotatably connected to the second supporting arm 228 through the hinge point S3 and the other end of the second connecting arm 224 is respectively rotatably connected to the first supporting arm 226 through the hinge point S4. Specifically, when the parallelogram mechanism moves, the second support arm 228 can be regarded as a relatively fixed part, that is, a non-movable part, and the first connecting arm 222, the second connecting arm 224 and the first supporting arm 226 are relatively The second support arm 228 moves. It can be understood that the parallelogram mechanism can be regarded as a four-bar linkage mechanism, that is, the first connecting arm 222, the second connecting arm 224, the first supporting arm 226 and the second supporting arm 228 can be regarded as a four-bar linkage The four arms of the mechanism. Wherein, the vertical stabilizing motor 62 is rotatably connected to at least one of the first connecting arm 222 or the second connecting arm 224, and drives the first connecting arm 222 and/or the second connecting arm 224 relative to the second support The arm 228 rotates clockwise or counterclockwise, thereby raising or lowering the first support arm 226 .
在某些实施例中,如图7所示,平行四边形机构还可以进一步包括弹性部件50,该弹性部件50被配置为提供弹性力,由弹性部件50产生的弹性力的竖向分量可以用于至少平衡负载的重量。例如,当弹性部件50的变形程度改变时,连接臂223可以相对于基座26转动,以通过竖向移动来调整由轴向增稳机构连接部80承载的负载的位置,从而可以平衡由轴向增稳机构承载的具有不同重量的负载。例如,当负载的重量相对较大时,可以增加弹性部件50的变形程度,以提供更大的弹性力。弹性部件50有助于连接臂223为了支撑负载,而降低竖向增稳电机62需要输出的力矩。其中,当弹性部件50包括弹簧时,弹性部件50的变形程度可以包括弹簧的变形长度。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 7 , the parallelogram mechanism can further include an elastic member 50 configured to provide an elastic force, and the vertical component of the elastic force generated by the elastic member 50 can be used to At least balance the weight of the load. For example, when the degree of deformation of the elastic member 50 changes, the connecting arm 223 can rotate relative to the base 26 to adjust the position of the load carried by the axial stabilizing mechanism connecting portion 80 through vertical movement, so as to balance the load carried by the shaft. Loads of varying weights to the stabilization mechanism. For example, when the weight of the load is relatively large, the degree of deformation of the elastic member 50 can be increased to provide greater elastic force. The elastic member 50 helps the connecting arm 223 to reduce the output torque of the vertical stabilization motor 62 in order to support the load. Wherein, when the elastic component 50 includes a spring, the degree of deformation of the elastic component 50 may include the deformed length of the spring.
在某些实施例中,参考图6所示,连杆66和竖向增稳电机可以形成曲柄滑杆机构,连接臂223可以由曲柄滑杆机构提供驱动力。其中,连杆66和铰链的铰接点被表示为S。竖向增稳电机62的转动中心被表示为R,铰接点S和竖向增稳电机62的轴R的线可以被表示为SR(非物理结构)并且被视为是曲柄滑杆机构的曲柄,连杆66可以被视为曲柄滑杆结构的滑杆,连杆66可以由曲柄提供驱动力。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 6 , the connecting rod 66 and the vertical stabilization motor can form a crank-slider mechanism, and the connecting arm 223 can be driven by the crank-slider mechanism. Wherein, the hinge point of the connecting rod 66 and the hinge is denoted as S. The center of rotation of the vertical stabilization motor 62 is denoted as R, and the line of the hinge point S and the axis R of the vertical stabilization motor 62 can be denoted as SR (non-physical structure) and considered as the crank of the crank-slider mechanism , the connecting rod 66 can be regarded as a slider of the crank-slider structure, and the connecting rod 66 can be driven by the crank.
具体地,铰链64(如图6、图8所示的虚线SR)的第一端部以同轴转动的方式连接到竖向增稳电机62(其中,铰链64绕竖向增稳电机62的轴R转动),并且铰链64的第二端部铰接到连杆66的第一端部。连杆66的第二端部铰接到第二连接臂224或第一连接臂222。第二连接臂224可以相对于第二支撑臂228可转动。竖向增稳电机62可以固定到第二支撑臂228。Specifically, the first end of the hinge 64 (as shown by the dotted line SR in FIGS. 6 and 8 ) is connected to the vertical stabilization motor 62 in a coaxial rotation manner (wherein, the hinge 64 rotates around the vertical stabilization motor 62 axis R), and the second end of the hinge 64 is hinged to the first end of the link 66 . The second end of the link 66 is hinged to the second link arm 224 or the first link arm 222 . The second connecting arm 224 is rotatable relative to the second supporting arm 228 . The vertical stabilization motor 62 may be secured to the second support arm 228 .
在某些实施例中,如图4、图8和图11所示,在竖向增稳电机62的转动期间,第二连接臂224可以由连杆66驱动进行上下往复,并且具有第一高度位置H1(即最低位置,参考图11所示)和第二高度位置H2(即最高位置,参考图11所示)。当连接臂223的连接轴向增稳机构24的一端处于第一高度位置H1时,连杆66和铰链64的朝向彼此折叠;当连接臂223的连接轴向增稳机构24的一端处于第二高度位置H2时,连杆66和铰链64在两个相反的方向上延伸。可以理解,在最高位置与最低位置时,连杆66与铰链64的相对位置关系除了上述说明的内容,还可以有其它,例如,在最低位置时,连杆66和铰链64在两个相反的方向上延伸,在最高位置时,连杆66和铰链64的朝向彼此折叠,该关系具体可以视竖向增稳电机62相对于第一连接臂222或第二连接臂224的相对位置关系而定。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 4 , FIG. 8 and FIG. 11 , during the rotation of the vertical stabilization motor 62 , the second connecting arm 224 can be driven by the connecting rod 66 to reciprocate up and down, and has a first height The position H1 (ie the lowest position, shown in FIG. 11 ) and the second height position H2 (ie the highest position, shown in FIG. 11 ). When one end of the connecting arm 223 connected to the axial stabilization mechanism 24 is at the first height position H1, the connecting rod 66 and the hinge 64 are folded toward each other; when the end of the connecting arm 223 connected to the axial stabilization mechanism 24 is at the second At height position H2, link 66 and hinge 64 extend in two opposite directions. It can be understood that, in the highest position and the lowest position, the relative positional relationship between the connecting rod 66 and the hinge 64 can be other than the content described above, for example, in the lowest position, the connecting rod 66 and the hinge 64 are in two opposite direction, at the highest position, the connecting rod 66 and the hinge 64 are folded toward each other, and this relationship can be determined specifically according to the relative positional relationship of the vertical stabilization motor 62 with respect to the first connecting arm 222 or the second connecting arm 224 .
其中,为了使得云台的支架保持在特定角度,可以通过机械锁来实现锁定。例如,通过栓锁和孔相配合进行锁止。但是,这样需要在云台上进行开孔,并且需要设置可以相对于云台发生运动的栓锁,会影响云台外观、机械强度等,并且成本较高。Wherein, in order to keep the bracket of the pan/tilt at a specific angle, it can be locked by a mechanical lock. For example, lock by latch and hole fit. However, this requires holes to be drilled on the pan-tilt, and a bolt that can move relative to the pan-tilt needs to be provided, which will affect the appearance and mechanical strength of the pan-tilt, and the cost is relatively high.
结合图8和图11,以连接臂223的连接轴向增稳机构24的一端处于第一高度位置H1时为例,说明云台处于收纳状态时的自锁功能的实现。参考图8所示,在最低位置,铰链64和连杆66朝向彼此折叠,因此连杆66和铰链64至少部分地重叠以形成第一死点位置。参考图11所示,在最高位置,铰链64和连杆66在两个相反的方向上延伸,因此成直线连接以形成第二死点。因此,存在两个死点,即分别与最低位置和最高位置对应的第一死点位置和第二死点位置。在死点位置处,由第二连接臂224和连杆66传递到铰链64的力不会产生可以引起铰链64转动的力矩。Referring to FIG. 8 and FIG. 11 , taking the case where the end of the connecting arm 223 connected to the axial stabilization mechanism 24 is at the first height position H1 as an example, the implementation of the self-locking function when the pan/tilt is in the storage state is described. Referring to FIG. 8 , in the lowest position, the hinge 64 and link 66 are folded toward each other such that the link 66 and hinge 64 at least partially overlap to form a first dead center position. Referring to FIG. 11 , in the uppermost position, the hinge 64 and link 66 extend in two opposite directions and are thus connected in a straight line to form a second dead center. Therefore, there are two dead points, a first dead point position and a second dead point position corresponding to the lowest position and the highest position, respectively. At the dead center position, the force transmitted to the hinge 64 by the second connecting arm 224 and the link 66 does not generate a moment that can cause the hinge 64 to rotate.
也即,在云台处于收纳状态时,连接臂223的用于设置轴向增稳机构24的一端保持在第一高度位置H1或第二高度位置H2。当连接臂223的连接轴向增稳机构24的一端保持在第一高度位置H1或第二高度位置H2时,连接臂223可以处于自锁状态。其中,连接臂223在自锁状态下受到外力时,连接臂223相对于基座26保持静止。其中,自锁状态可以至少部分地借助上述死点来实现。例如,通过控制铰链64位于死点处,使得连接臂223即使受到外力(如用户给连接臂223施加的力或者重力等)的作用也不会发生转动,来实现自锁状态。That is, when the platform is in the storage state, one end of the connecting arm 223 for setting the axial stabilization mechanism 24 remains at the first height position H1 or the second height position H2. When one end of the connecting arm 223 connected to the axial stabilization mechanism 24 is maintained at the first height position H1 or the second height position H2, the connecting arm 223 may be in a self-locking state. Wherein, when the connecting arm 223 receives an external force in the self-locking state, the connecting arm 223 remains stationary relative to the base 26 . Wherein, the self-locking state can be realized at least partly by means of the above-mentioned dead point. For example, the self-locking state is realized by controlling the hinge 64 to be at the dead point so that the connecting arm 223 will not rotate even if it is subjected to an external force (such as the force applied to the connecting arm 223 by the user or gravity, etc.).
其中,也可以通过设置限位结构使得云台的支架保持在特定角度或限定在某个特定角度范围内(如位于角度a和角度b之间)。然而,对于一些具有特定结构的云台,如具有竖向增稳机构的云台,如果设置成对的机械限位结构以限定竖向增稳机构的相应结构在某个特定角度范围内,则需要成对的机械限位结构中至少一个机械限位结构会与竖向增稳机构发生干涉,以阻碍竖向增稳机构运动,实现将竖向增稳机构的相应结构限制在如角度a和角度b之间。然而,如果阻碍效果较强,则在需要将竖向增稳机构的相应结构调整到角度c(位于角度a和角度b之外)时造成调节不顺畅。如果阻碍效果较弱,则可能导致竖向增稳机构22的相应结构容易从该特定的范围之内脱离出来,造成限位失败。Wherein, the support of the pan/tilt can also be kept at a specific angle or limited within a specific angle range (eg, between angle a and angle b) by setting a limiting structure. However, for some pan heads with specific structures, such as those with vertical stabilization mechanisms, if a pair of mechanical limit structures are set to limit the corresponding structures of the vertical stabilization mechanisms within a specific angle range, then It is necessary that at least one of the paired mechanical limit structures will interfere with the vertical stability enhancement mechanism to hinder the movement of the vertical stability enhancement mechanism, so as to limit the corresponding structure of the vertical stability enhancement mechanism to angles a and between angle b. However, if the hindering effect is strong, the corresponding structure of the vertical stabilization mechanism needs to be adjusted to the angle c (outside the angle a and angle b), resulting in an unsmooth adjustment. If the blocking effect is weak, it may cause the corresponding structure of the vertical stabilization mechanism 22 to be easily disengaged from the specific range, resulting in failure of position limitation.
基于此,可以设置机械限位结构,以在竖向增稳电机驱动连杆经过上述死点之一时,可以阻挡连杆的继续运动。如此,结合死点和机械限位结构可以使得云台的支架可靠地保持在特定角度范围内,以实现自锁功能。此外,在需要将竖向增稳机构的相应结构调整到该特定角度范围之外时,通过电机驱动铰链越过死点,使得竖向增稳机构的相应结构调整到该特定角度范围之外,解除自锁。Based on this, a mechanical limit structure can be provided to stop the continuous movement of the connecting rod when the vertical stabilization motor drives the connecting rod through one of the above dead points. In this way, the combination of the dead point and the mechanical limit structure can make the support of the pan/tilt reliably keep within a specific angle range, so as to realize the self-locking function. In addition, when it is necessary to adjust the corresponding structure of the vertical stability increasing mechanism outside the specific angle range, the motor drives the hinge to cross the dead point, so that the corresponding structure of the vertical stability increasing mechanism is adjusted outside the specific angle range, releasing Self-locking.
在某些实施例中,机械限位结构可以设置于连接臂。当竖向增稳电机转动到预设角度时,连杆抵持机械限位结构以阻挡负载沿特定竖直方向移动。例如,当竖向增稳电机转动时,连接臂可以相对于基座转动,并且由轴向增稳机构连接部承载的负载可以沿竖直方向移动。当竖向增稳电机转动到预设角度时,连杆抵持机械限位结构以阻挡负载沿特定竖直方向移动。这样,当竖向增稳电机转动到预设角度时,如果负载或连接臂具有沿特定竖直方向移动的趋势,则在机械限位结构的阻挡作用下,负载被限制沿特定竖直方向移动。In some embodiments, the mechanical limit structure can be disposed on the connecting arm. When the vertical stabilization motor rotates to a preset angle, the connecting rod resists the mechanical limit structure to prevent the load from moving in a specific vertical direction. For example, when the vertical stabilization motor rotates, the connecting arm can rotate relative to the base, and the load carried by the connection part of the axial stabilization mechanism can move in the vertical direction. When the vertical stabilization motor rotates to a preset angle, the connecting rod resists the mechanical limit structure to prevent the load from moving in a specific vertical direction. In this way, when the vertical stabilization motor rotates to a preset angle, if the load or the connecting arm has a tendency to move in a specific vertical direction, the load is restricted from moving in a specific vertical direction under the blocking action of the mechanical limit structure .
具体的,如图4所示,云台还包括第一机械限位结构65,用于对连杆66或铰链64进行限位,使得铰链64在沿第一方向转动时,连接臂223的远离竖向增稳机构的一端在重力作用下被限位于第三高度位置(H3,参考图11所示),此时,连杆66与第一机械限位结构65之间发生机械干涉。Specifically, as shown in FIG. 4 , the pan/tilt also includes a first mechanical limit structure 65, which is used to limit the connecting rod 66 or the hinge 64, so that when the hinge 64 rotates in the first direction, the distance between the connecting arm 223 and the One end of the vertical stabilization mechanism is limited to the third height position ( H3 , shown in FIG. 11 ) under the force of gravity. At this moment, mechanical interference occurs between the connecting rod 66 and the first mechanical limit structure 65 .
其中,第一机械限位结构65可以布置在与最低位置对应的位置处或附近。具体的,第一机械限位结构65可以布置在第二连接臂224处,如第二连接臂224的外侧。当竖向增稳电机62驱动铰链64顺时针转动时,第二连接臂224可以顺时针转动并且连续下降。当铰链64和连杆66相向交叠时,第二连接臂224将到达最低位置。最低位置对应于曲柄滑杆机构的顺时针极限位置。如果继续沿顺时针方向转动少量,则连杆66将接触第一机械限位结构65。Wherein, the first mechanical limit structure 65 may be arranged at or near the position corresponding to the lowest position. Specifically, the first mechanical limit structure 65 may be arranged at the second connecting arm 224 , such as the outer side of the second connecting arm 224 . When the vertical stabilization motor 62 drives the hinge 64 to rotate clockwise, the second connecting arm 224 can rotate clockwise and descend continuously. When the hinge 64 and the connecting rod 66 overlap each other, the second connecting arm 224 will reach the lowest position. The lowest position corresponds to the clockwise extreme position of the slider crank mechanism. If it continues to rotate a small amount in the clockwise direction, the connecting rod 66 will contact the first mechanical stop structure 65 .
在这种情况下,处于最低位置的第二连接臂224具有向上移动的趋势。然而,因为曲柄滑杆机构已经经过逆时针极限位置,所以第二连接臂224向上移动的趋势将转化为铰链64和连杆66逆时针转动的趋势。由于第一机械限位结构65的阻挡,铰链64和连杆66不能继续逆时针转动,使得铰链64、连杆66、第二连接臂224等可以稳定地固定在第一机械限位结构65的位置。因此,即使竖向增稳电机62断电,连杆66和轴向增稳机构24的状态也可以被锁定。In this case, the second connecting arm 224 at the lowest position has a tendency to move upward. However, since the slider crank mechanism has passed the counterclockwise extreme position, the tendency of the second connecting arm 224 to move upward will translate into a tendency of the hinge 64 and connecting rod 66 to rotate counterclockwise. Due to the blocking of the first mechanical limit structure 65, the hinge 64 and the connecting rod 66 cannot continue to rotate counterclockwise, so that the hinge 64, the connecting rod 66, the second connecting arm 224, etc. can be stably fixed on the first mechanical limit structure 65. Location. Therefore, even if the vertical stabilization motor 62 is powered off, the state of the connecting rod 66 and the axial stabilization mechanism 24 can be locked.
该第一机械限位结构65可以配合与其相邻的死点实现对连接臂223的限位。相应地,响应于触发事件,控制轴向增稳机构24中的至少一个转轴结构沿特定方向发生运动,以使得云台处于收纳状态可以包括:响应于触发事件,控制竖向增稳机构22的竖向增稳电机62驱动连接臂223的连接轴向增稳机构24的一端位于第一高度位置H1和第三高度位置H3之间,以便连接臂223的连接轴向增稳机构24的一端在重力作用下被限位在第三高度位置H3处。这样可以实现以第一机械限位结构65和第一死点位置分别作为限位范围的边界,实现自锁功能。例如,参考图11所示,轴向增稳机构24和连接臂223在重力作用下,会使得连杆66具有朝向第一机械限位结构65的方向运动的趋势,实现被第一机械限位结构65进行限位。此外,由于存在第一死点位置,即使连接臂223受到了外界的作用力,但是,该作用力无法提供使得连接臂223越过第一死点位置的分力,从而实现在第一死点位置的限位。这样就有效实现了稳定的自锁功能。The first mechanical limiting structure 65 can cooperate with the dead point adjacent thereto to limit the connecting arm 223 . Correspondingly, in response to a trigger event, controlling at least one rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism 24 to move in a specific direction so that the platform is in the storage state may include: in response to the trigger event, controlling the movement of the vertical stabilization mechanism 22 The vertical stabilizing motor 62 drives the end of the connecting arm 223 connected to the axial stabilizing mechanism 24 to be located between the first height position H1 and the third height position H3, so that the end of the connecting arm 223 connected to the axial stabilizing mechanism 24 is at It is limited at the third height position H3 under the action of gravity. In this way, the first mechanical limit structure 65 and the first dead point position can be used as the boundaries of the limit range respectively to realize the self-locking function. For example, as shown in FIG. 11 , under the action of gravity, the axial stabilizing mechanism 24 and the connecting arm 223 will make the connecting rod 66 have a tendency to move toward the direction of the first mechanical limit structure 65, so as to be limited by the first mechanical limit. The structure 65 is used for limiting. In addition, due to the existence of the first dead point position, even if the connecting arm 223 is subjected to an external force, the force cannot provide a force component that makes the connecting arm 223 cross the first dead point position, thereby achieving the first dead point position. limit. In this way, a stable self-locking function is effectively realized.
需要说明的是,由于第一死点位置不是通过发生机械干涉的方式实现自锁,当需要转动连接臂223以进入工作姿态时,则可以由竖向增稳电机62经由连杆66给连接臂223提供驱动力以越过第一死点位置,实现自动解锁功能。期间无需用户手动上锁或手动解锁,有效提升了用户操作便捷度。It should be noted that since the first dead point position does not realize self-locking through mechanical interference, when it is necessary to rotate the connecting arm 223 to enter the working posture, the vertical stabilization motor 62 can give the connecting arm 223 a lock via the connecting rod 66 . 223 provides driving force to cross the first dead center position to realize the automatic unlocking function. During this period, there is no need for users to manually lock or unlock, which effectively improves the convenience of user operations.
例如,参考图11所示,连接臂223在重力作用下或在竖向增稳电机62驱动下,从当前高度位置运动到第一高度位置H1。此时,需要电机提供动力使得铰链64越过 第一死点位置,使得连接臂223的自由端从第一高度位置H1趋向于第三高度位置H3。当铰链64越过第一死点位置后,连接臂223在重力作用下或在竖向增稳电机62驱动下运动到第三高度位置H3,此时,连杆66与第一机械限位结构65之间发生机械干涉,实现由第一机械限位结构65对连杆66进行限位,进而实现对连接臂223的限位。当连接臂223处于第三高度位置H3时,轴向增稳机构24和连接臂223在重力作用下,会使得连杆66具有朝向第一机械限位结构65的方向运动的趋势,使得连接臂223被限位于第三高度位置H3。For example, as shown in FIG. 11 , the connecting arm 223 moves from the current height position to the first height position H1 under the action of gravity or driven by the vertical stabilization motor 62 . At this time, the motor is required to provide power to make the hinge 64 cross the first dead point, so that the free end of the connecting arm 223 tends to the third height position H3 from the first height position H1. After the hinge 64 crosses the first dead point position, the connecting arm 223 moves to the third height position H3 under the action of gravity or driven by the vertical stabilizing motor 62. At this time, the connecting rod 66 and the first mechanical limit structure 65 Mechanical interference occurs between them, so that the first mechanical limiting structure 65 can limit the connecting rod 66 , and then realize the limiting of the connecting arm 223 . When the connecting arm 223 is at the third height position H3, the axial stabilization mechanism 24 and the connecting arm 223 will make the connecting rod 66 move toward the direction of the first mechanical limit structure 65 under the action of gravity, so that the connecting arm 223 is constrained at the third height position H3.
如图7所示,云台还包括第二机械限位结构67,用于对连杆66或铰链64进行限位,使得铰链64在沿第二方向转动时,连接臂223的连接轴向增稳机构24的一端在重力作用下被限位于第四高度位置(H4,参考图11所示),第一方向和第二方向相反,此时,连杆66与第一机械限位结构67之间发生机械干涉。As shown in FIG. 7 , the pan/tilt also includes a second mechanical limit structure 67, which is used to limit the connecting rod 66 or the hinge 64, so that when the hinge 64 rotates in the second direction, the connection axis of the connecting arm 223 increases. One end of the stabilizing mechanism 24 is limited to the fourth height position (H4, shown in FIG. 11 ) under the action of gravity, and the first direction is opposite to the second direction. mechanical interference occurs.
其中,第二机械限位结构67可以布置在与最高位置对应的位置处或附近。具体的,第一机械限位结构67可以布置在第一连接臂222处,如第一连接臂222的外侧。当竖向增稳电机62驱动铰链64逆时针转动时,第二连接臂224可以逆时针转动并且连续上升。当铰链64和连杆66呈一条线延伸时,第二连接臂224将到达最高位置。最高位置对应于曲柄滑杆机构的逆时针极限位置。如果继续沿逆时针方向转动少量,则连杆66将接触第二机械限位结构67。Wherein, the second mechanical limit structure 67 may be arranged at or near the position corresponding to the highest position. Specifically, the first mechanical limit structure 67 may be arranged at the first connecting arm 222 , such as outside the first connecting arm 222 . When the vertical stabilization motor 62 drives the hinge 64 to rotate counterclockwise, the second connecting arm 224 can rotate counterclockwise and rise continuously. When the hinge 64 and link 66 extend in line, the second connecting arm 224 will reach the highest position. The highest position corresponds to the counterclockwise extreme position of the slider crank mechanism. If it continues to rotate counterclockwise for a small amount, the connecting rod 66 will contact the second mechanical stop structure 67 .
在这种情况下,处于最高位置的第一连接臂222具有向下移动的趋势。然而,因为曲柄滑杆机构已经经过顺时针极限位置,所以一连接臂222向下移动的趋势将转化为铰链64和连杆66顺时针转动的趋势。由于第二机械限位结构67的阻挡,铰链64和连杆66不能继续顺时针转动,使得铰链64、连杆66、第一连接臂222等可以稳定地固定在第二机械限位结构67的位置。因此,即使竖向增稳电机62断电,连杆66和轴向增稳机构24的状态也可以被锁定。In this case, the first connecting arm 222 at the highest position has a tendency to move downward. However, since the slider crank mechanism has passed the clockwise extreme position, the downward movement of a connecting arm 222 will translate into a clockwise rotation tendency of the hinge 64 and connecting rod 66 . Due to the blocking of the second mechanical limit structure 67, the hinge 64 and the connecting rod 66 cannot continue to rotate clockwise, so that the hinge 64, the connecting rod 66, the first connecting arm 222, etc. can be stably fixed on the second mechanical limit structure 67. Location. Therefore, even if the vertical stabilization motor 62 is powered off, the state of the connecting rod 66 and the axial stabilization mechanism 24 can be locked.
该第二机械限位结构67可以配合与其相邻的死点实现对连接臂223的限位。相应地,响应于触发事件,控制轴向增稳机构24中的至少一个转轴结构沿特定方向发生运动,以使得云台处于收纳状态可以包括:控制竖向增稳电机62驱动连接臂的用于设置轴向增稳机构24的一端位于第二高度位置H2和第四高度位置H4之间,以便连接臂223的用于设置轴向增稳机构24的一端在重力作用下被限位在第四高度位置H4处。这样可以实现以第二机械限位结构67和第二死点的位置分别作为限位范围的边界,实现自锁功能。例如,参考图11所示,当铰链64越过第二死点时,轴向增稳 机构24和连接臂223在重力作用下,会使得连杆66具有朝向第二机械限位结构67的方向运动的趋势,实现被第二机械限位结构67进行限位。此外,由于存在第二死点,即使连接臂223受到了外界的作用力,但是,该作用力无法提供使得连接臂223越过第二死点的分力,从而实现在第二死点的限位。这样就有效实现了稳定的自锁功能。The second mechanical limit structure 67 can cooperate with the dead point adjacent to it to realize the limit of the connecting arm 223 . Correspondingly, in response to a trigger event, controlling at least one rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism 24 to move in a specific direction so that the platform is in the storage state may include: controlling the vertical stabilization motor 62 to drive the connecting arm for One end of the axial stabilizing mechanism 24 is located between the second height position H2 and the fourth height position H4, so that the end of the connecting arm 223 used for setting the axial stabilizing mechanism 24 is limited at the fourth height under the action of gravity. Height position H4. In this way, the positions of the second mechanical limit structure 67 and the second dead point can be used as the boundaries of the limit range respectively to realize the self-locking function. For example, as shown in FIG. 11 , when the hinge 64 crosses the second dead point, the axial stabilization mechanism 24 and the connecting arm 223 will make the connecting rod 66 move toward the second mechanical limit structure 67 under the action of gravity. The tendency is realized to be limited by the second mechanical limit structure 67 . In addition, due to the existence of the second dead point, even if the connecting arm 223 is subjected to an external force, the force cannot provide a force component that makes the connecting arm 223 cross the second dead point, thereby realizing the limit position at the second dead point. . In this way, a stable self-locking function is effectively realized.
例如,参考图11所示,连接臂223在竖向增稳电机62驱动下,从当前高度位置运动到第二高度位置H2。此时,需要电机提供动力使得铰链64越过第二死点,使得连接臂223的自由端从第二高度位置H2趋向于第四高度位置H4。当铰链64越过第二死点后,连接臂223在重力作用下或在竖向增稳电机62驱动下运动到第四高度位置H4,此时,连杆66与第二机械限位结构67发生干涉,实现由第二机械限位结构67对连杆66进行限位,进而实现对连接臂223的限位。当连接臂223处于第四高度位置H4时,轴向增稳机构24和连接臂223在重力作用下,会使得连杆66具有朝向第二机械限位结构67的方向运动的趋势,使得连接臂223被限位于第四高度位置H4。For example, as shown in FIG. 11 , the connecting arm 223 is driven by the vertical stabilization motor 62 to move from the current height position to the second height position H2. At this time, the motor is required to provide power to make the hinge 64 cross the second dead point, so that the free end of the connecting arm 223 tends to the fourth height position H4 from the second height position H2. After the hinge 64 crosses the second dead point, the connecting arm 223 moves to the fourth height position H4 under the action of gravity or driven by the vertical stabilizing motor 62. The interference realizes the limitation of the connecting rod 66 by the second mechanical limitation structure 67 , and further realizes the limitation of the connecting arm 223 . When the connecting arm 223 is at the fourth height position H4, the axial stabilization mechanism 24 and the connecting arm 223 will make the connecting rod 66 move towards the direction of the second mechanical limit structure 67 under the action of gravity, so that the connecting arm 223 is constrained at the fourth height position H4.
其中,在竖向增稳机构22的正常工作状态下,竖向增稳电机62可以被配置为驱动铰链64转动,进而通过连杆66带动连接臂223在最高位置和最低位置之间移动,以实现沿竖直方向的主动增稳功能。当不需要操作竖向增稳机构22时,用户可以使用竖向增稳电机62大角度地转动第二连接臂224,使得连杆66可以抵持并稳定在第一机械限位结构65或第二机械限位结构67的位置。其中,曲柄滑杆机构可以使竖向增稳电机62驱动第二连接臂224来回摆动,并且还可以在竖向增稳电机62断电时为第二连接臂224提供锁定功能。Wherein, in the normal working state of the vertical stabilization mechanism 22, the vertical stabilization motor 62 can be configured to drive the hinge 64 to rotate, and then drive the connecting arm 223 to move between the highest position and the lowest position through the connecting rod 66, so as to Realize the active stabilization function along the vertical direction. When there is no need to operate the vertical stabilization mechanism 22, the user can use the vertical stabilization motor 62 to rotate the second connecting arm 224 at a large angle, so that the connecting rod 66 can resist and stabilize at the first mechanical limit structure 65 or the second The position of the second mechanical stop structure 67. Wherein, the crank-slider mechanism can make the vertical stabilization motor 62 drive the second connecting arm 224 to swing back and forth, and can also provide a locking function for the second connecting arm 224 when the vertical stabilization motor 62 is powered off.
需要说明的是,也可以仅设置一个机械限位结构。例如,仅设置第一机械限位结构65或仅第二机械限位结构67。其中,机械限位结构包括但不限于凸出块。It should be noted that only one mechanical limit structure may also be provided. For example, only the first mechanical limiting structure 65 or only the second mechanical limiting structure 67 is provided. Wherein, the mechanical limit structure includes but not limited to a protruding block.
基于上述关于死点位置的说明,控制竖向增稳电机62驱动铰链64转动可以包括如下操作:Based on the above description about the dead point position, controlling the vertical stabilization motor 62 to drive the hinge 64 to rotate may include the following operations:
1、控制竖向增稳电机62驱动铰链64越过第一死点位置,其中,第一死点位置对应于连接臂223的连接轴向增稳机构24的一端处于第一高度位置H1时,铰链64所处的位置。如图4、图8和图9所示,当铰链64位于第一死点位置Q1时,连接臂223的远离基座26的一端处于最低位置,具有向上移动的趋势。由于第一机械限位结构65(参考图4和图11所示)的阻挡,铰链64和连杆66不能继续沿原方向转动,使得铰链64、连杆66、连接臂223等可以稳定地固定在第一机械限位结构65的位置。因此,即使竖向增稳电机 62断电,连杆66和竖向增稳机构22也可以被锁定,并且连接臂223能够被限位在第一机械限位结构65和第一死点Q1之间。当需要解锁时,通过控制竖直向增稳电机62输出力矩,使得连接臂223越过第一死点,即可实现自动解锁。1. Control the vertical stabilizing motor 62 to drive the hinge 64 to cross the first dead point position, wherein the first dead point position corresponds to when one end of the connecting arm 223 connected to the axial stabilizing mechanism 24 is at the first height position H1, the hinge The location of 64. As shown in FIG. 4 , FIG. 8 and FIG. 9 , when the hinge 64 is at the first dead point Q1 , the end of the connecting arm 223 away from the base 26 is at the lowest position and tends to move upward. Due to the blocking of the first mechanical stop structure 65 (shown in Fig. 4 and Fig. 11), the hinge 64 and the connecting rod 66 cannot continue to rotate in the original direction, so that the hinge 64, the connecting rod 66, the connecting arm 223, etc. can be stably fixed At the position of the first mechanical stop structure 65 . Therefore, even if the vertical stabilization motor 62 is powered off, the connecting rod 66 and the vertical stabilization mechanism 22 can also be locked, and the connecting arm 223 can be limited between the first mechanical limit structure 65 and the first dead point Q1 between. When unlocking is required, automatic unlocking can be realized by controlling the output torque of the vertical stabilization motor 62 so that the connecting arm 223 crosses the first dead point.
2、控制竖向增稳电机62驱动铰链64越过第二死点位置,其中,第二死点位置对应于连接臂223的连接轴向增稳机构24的一端处于第二高度位置时,铰链64所处的位置。如图10所示,当铰链64位于第二死点位置Q2时,连接臂223的远离基座26的一端处于最高位置,具有向下移动的趋势。由于第二机械限位结构67(参考图7所示)的阻挡,铰链64和连杆66不能继续沿原方向转动,使得铰链64、连杆66、连接臂223等可以稳定地固定在第二机械限位结构67的位置。因此,即使竖向增稳电机62断电,连杆66和竖向增稳机构22的状态也可以被锁定,并且连接臂223能够被限位在第二机械限位结构67和第二死点Q2之间。当需要解锁时,通过控制竖直向增稳电机62输出力矩,使得连接臂223越过第一死点,即可实现自动解锁。2. Control the vertical stabilizing motor 62 to drive the hinge 64 to cross the second dead point position, wherein the second dead point position corresponds to when one end of the connecting arm 223 connected to the axial stabilizing mechanism 24 is at the second height position, the hinge 64 where you are. As shown in FIG. 10 , when the hinge 64 is at the second dead point Q2 , the end of the connecting arm 223 away from the base 26 is at the highest position and tends to move downward. Due to the blocking of the second mechanical limit structure 67 (shown in FIG. 7), the hinge 64 and the connecting rod 66 cannot continue to rotate in the original direction, so that the hinge 64, the connecting rod 66, the connecting arm 223, etc. can be stably fixed on the second The position of the mechanical limit structure 67. Therefore, even if the vertical stabilization motor 62 is powered off, the state of the connecting rod 66 and the vertical stabilization mechanism 22 can be locked, and the connecting arm 223 can be limited at the second mechanical limit structure 67 and the second dead point Between Q2. When unlocking is required, automatic unlocking can be realized by controlling the output torque of the vertical stabilization motor 62 so that the connecting arm 223 crosses the first dead point.
在某些实施例中,控制竖向增稳电机驱动铰链越过第一死点位置可以包括如下操作:控制竖向增稳电机驱动铰链转动,使得铰链的位置位于第一指定范围内,第一指定范围的边界包括第一死点和第一机械限位结构。如此,在云台接收到指示云台进入收纳模式的触发事件时,可以控制竖向增稳电机沿特定方向并且以特定幅度转动,使得第二连接臂可以向下方运动,在达到最低位置之后,再越过与最低位置对应的死点,以便实现自锁功能。可以理解,控制竖向增稳电机驱动铰链越过第二死点位置可以采用类似的原理,此处不再赘述。In some embodiments, controlling the vertical stabilization motor to drive the hinge beyond the first dead point position may include the following operations: controlling the vertical stabilization motor to drive the hinge to rotate so that the position of the hinge is within a first specified range, the first specified The boundaries of the range include the first dead point and the first mechanical limit structure. In this way, when the gimbal receives a trigger event indicating that the gimbal enters the storage mode, it can control the vertical stabilization motor to rotate in a specific direction and with a specific amplitude, so that the second connecting arm can move downward. After reaching the lowest position, Then cross the dead point corresponding to the lowest position, so as to realize the self-locking function. It can be understood that a similar principle may be used to control the vertical stabilization motor to drive the hinge to cross the second dead point position, and details will not be repeated here.
其中,控制竖向增稳电机驱动铰链转动,使得铰链的位置位于第一指定范围内可以包括:通过闭环控制的方式控制竖向增稳电机驱动铰链转动,使得铰链位于第一指定范围内,第一指定范围的边界包括第一死点和第一机械限位结构。Wherein, controlling the rotation of the hinge driven by the vertical stabilization motor so that the position of the hinge is within the first designated range may include: controlling the rotation of the hinge driven by the vertical stabilization motor through closed-loop control so that the hinge is located within the first designated range. The boundary of a specified range includes the first dead point and the first mechanical limit structure.
具体地,闭环控制的输入包括目标角度信息和当前角度信息,这样可以基于目标角度信息和当前角度信息之间的差值来确定角度差值,来控制竖向增稳电机的输出力矩,以使得当前角度趋向于目标角度。角度信息可以是针对连接臂的关节角信息,或可以是针对竖向增稳电机的转动部分的转角信息。其中,针对连接臂的角度和针对竖向增稳电机的转动部分的角度之间可以进行转换,但是两者之间不是线性转换关系。例如,针对连接臂的关节角可以是连接臂相对于设置于基座上的枢转轴的转动角度。针对竖向增稳电机的转动部分的转角可以是转动部分(如竖向增稳电机转子)相对于固定部分(如竖向增稳电机62定子)的转动角度。Specifically, the input of the closed-loop control includes target angle information and current angle information, so that the angle difference can be determined based on the difference between the target angle information and the current angle information to control the output torque of the vertical stabilization motor, so that The current angle tends towards the target angle. The angle information may be joint angle information for the connecting arm, or may be rotation angle information for the rotating part of the vertical stabilization motor. Wherein, the angle for the connecting arm and the angle for the rotating part of the vertical stabilization motor can be converted, but there is no linear conversion relationship between the two. For example, the joint angle for the connecting arm may be a rotation angle of the connecting arm relative to a pivot shaft provided on the base. The rotation angle of the rotating part of the vertical stabilization motor may be the rotation angle of the rotating part (such as the rotor of the vertical stabilization motor) relative to the fixed part (such as the stator of the vertical stabilization motor 62 ).
在某些实施例中,当前角度信息(如当前关节角信息或当前转角信息)可以通过角度传感器获取。以目标角度信息是目标关节角为例进行说明,目标关节角为连接臂处于目标收纳位置时的关节角,可以预先设置在云台的存储元件中。角度传感器包括但不限于:磁编码器或者霍尔传感器等。In some embodiments, current angle information (such as current joint angle information or current rotation angle information) can be acquired by an angle sensor. The target angle information is the target joint angle as an example for illustration. The target joint angle is the joint angle when the connecting arm is at the target storage position, and can be preset in the storage element of the pan/tilt. Angle sensors include but are not limited to: magnetic encoders or Hall sensors.
在某些实施例中,目标关节角是与第一死点对应的连接臂的关节角和预设关节角角度阈值之和。In some embodiments, the target joint angle is the sum of the joint angle of the connecting arm corresponding to the first dead point and a preset joint angle angle threshold.
在某些实施例中,预设角度阈值是针对连接臂的旋转角度的第一预设角度阈值。例如,第一预设角度阈值的范围包括2°~3°。In some embodiments, the preset angle threshold is a first preset angle threshold for the rotation angle of the connecting arm. For example, the range of the first preset angle threshold includes 2°˜3°.
在某些实施例中,预设角度阈值是针对竖向增稳电机的转动部分的旋转角度的第二预设角度阈值。例如,第二预设角度阈值的范围包括5°~6°。第一预设角度阈值和第二预设角度阈值的取值范围不同,部分是由于竖向增稳电机的转动部分的转动角度会大于连接臂的转动角度。In some embodiments, the predetermined angle threshold is a second predetermined angle threshold for the rotation angle of the rotating portion of the vertical stabilization motor. For example, the range of the second preset angle threshold includes 5°˜6°. The value ranges of the first preset angle threshold and the second preset angle threshold are different, partly because the rotation angle of the rotating part of the vertical stabilization motor is greater than the rotation angle of the connecting arm.
例如,闭环控制的输入包括连接臂的当前关节角和目标关节角,目标关节角是基于与第一死点对应的连接臂的关节角来确定的。在本实施例中,将针对连接臂的关节角作为闭环控制的控制对象,有助于减少需要进行转换运算的运算量,并且提升连接臂转动的平滑度。例如,如果将针对竖向增稳电机的转动部分的转角作为控制对象,当目标角度是a,当前角度是b时,可以控制竖向增稳电机62的转动部分的转动速度是(b-a)/t,t是一个控制子周期的时长。这样就可以实现竖向增稳电机的转动部分的转角较平稳的转动,即实现铰链较平稳的转动。参考图6所示,铰链64需要通过连杆66来驱动连接臂223转动,这就导致了连接臂223的自由端的运动速度与竖向增稳电机62的转动部分的转角的转动速度之间是非线性关系,也就导致连接臂223的自由端的转速由于上述非线性转换关系导致运动速度不平稳,如在最高位置和最低位置之间的运动速度忽快忽慢。而采用针对连接臂的关节角作为闭环控制的控制对象,则可以使得连接臂的自由端按照所需速度(如预设的运动速度)进行运动,有效改善上述问题。For example, the input of the closed-loop control includes the current joint angle of the connecting arm and the target joint angle, and the target joint angle is determined based on the joint angle of the connecting arm corresponding to the first dead point. In this embodiment, the joint angle of the connecting arm is taken as the control object of the closed-loop control, which helps to reduce the amount of calculations required for conversion calculations, and improves the smoothness of the connecting arm rotation. For example, if the rotation angle of the rotating part of the vertical stabilizing motor is used as the control object, when the target angle is a and the current angle is b, the rotational speed of the rotating part of the vertical stabilizing motor 62 can be controlled to be (b-a)/ t, t is the duration of a control sub-period. In this way, a relatively stable rotation of the rotation angle of the rotating part of the vertical stabilization motor can be realized, that is, a relatively stable rotation of the hinge can be realized. 6, the hinge 64 needs to drive the connecting arm 223 to rotate through the connecting rod 66, which results in a discrepancy between the speed of movement of the free end of the connecting arm 223 and the rotational speed of the rotating part of the vertical stabilizing motor 62. The linear relationship also causes the rotational speed of the free end of the connecting arm 223 to be unstable due to the above-mentioned nonlinear conversion relationship, such as the speed of movement between the highest position and the lowest position fluctuates. However, using the joint angle of the connecting arm as the control object of the closed-loop control can make the free end of the connecting arm move at a required speed (such as a preset motion speed), effectively improving the above problems.
在某些实施例中,连接臂的当前关节角是通过角度传感器来确定的。角度传感器可以包括编码器或霍尔传感器。其中,编码器可以用于测试连接臂或竖向增稳电机的转动部分的转动角度。霍尔传感器可以用于测试竖向增稳电机的转动部分的转动角度。其中,编码器可以用于测量绝对角度值,也不受云台的上电、下电等状态影响。霍尔传感器可以用于测量相对角度值,会受到云台的上电、下电等状态影响。例如,云台下电后再次上电,霍尔传感器会将当前角度值作为基准(如将其设置为0°)来确定角度的改变量,即连接臂 在不同状态下下电、上电后,针对同一个绝对角度值的测量结果会不同。此外,当测试对象是竖向增稳电机的转动部分时,需要将测试的角度转换为针对连接臂的转动角度。In some embodiments, the current joint angle of the link arm is determined by an angle sensor. Angle sensors can include encoders or Hall sensors. Wherein, the encoder can be used to test the rotation angle of the connecting arm or the rotating part of the vertical stabilization motor. The Hall sensor can be used to test the rotation angle of the rotating part of the vertical stabilization motor. Among them, the encoder can be used to measure the absolute angle value, and it is not affected by the power-on and power-off status of the gimbal. The Hall sensor can be used to measure the relative angle value, which will be affected by the power-on and power-off status of the gimbal. For example, when the gimbal is powered off and then powered on again, the Hall sensor will use the current angle value as a reference (for example, set it to 0°) to determine the angle change, that is, after the connecting arm is powered off and powered on in different states , the measurement results for the same absolute angle value will be different. In addition, when the test object is the rotating part of the vertical stabilization motor, it is necessary to convert the tested angle into the rotating angle of the connecting arm.
例如,参考图9所示,将云台的目标关节角设置为关节角下限位,并加入一定死区(与图9中所示的角度W对应的连接臂223的转动角度,该关节角是指连接臂223的角度,不是电机转动的角度),可以如式(1)所示。For example, as shown in FIG. 9, the target joint angle of the gimbal is set as the lower limit of the joint angle, and a certain dead zone is added (the angle of rotation of the connecting arm 223 corresponding to the angle W shown in FIG. 9, the joint angle is refers to the angle of the connecting arm 223, not the angle of rotation of the motor), which can be shown in formula (1).
Tar_joint_angle=joint_limit_down+dead_band   式(1)Tar_joint_angle=joint_limit_down+dead_band formula (1)
其中,Ttar_joint_angle为云台的目标关节角,joint_limit_down为云台的关节角下限位(对应于铰链64的第一死点Q1),dead_band为加入的死区。Wherein, Ttar_joint_angle is the target joint angle of the gimbal, joint_limit_down is the lower limit of the joint angle of the gimbal (corresponding to the first dead point Q1 of the hinge 64), and dead_band is the added dead zone.
加入死区目的是,因为连接臂223的下限位角度,会对应两个电机角度(连接臂223在到达与第一死点位置对应的第一高度位置或与第二死点位置对应的第二高度位置时,运动方向会反转,因此一个高度位置对应两个电机角度),一个电机角度越过了死点,一个电机角度没有越过死点,电机角度是会先到达没有越过死点的角度,然后才会到达越过死点的角度。加入了死区,则连接臂223到达下限位后,还会运动并越过死点,然后达到越过死点对应的角度。The purpose of adding the dead zone is because the lower limit angle of the connecting arm 223 corresponds to two motor angles (the connecting arm 223 reaches the first height position corresponding to the first dead point position or the second height position corresponding to the second dead point position). At the height position, the movement direction will be reversed, so one height position corresponds to two motor angles), one motor angle has crossed the dead point, and one motor angle has not crossed the dead point, the motor angle will first reach the angle that has not crossed the dead point, Only then will the angle beyond the dead center be reached. If the dead zone is added, after the connecting arm 223 reaches the lower limit, it will still move and cross the dead point, and then reach the angle corresponding to crossing the dead point.
在某些实施例中,通过闭环控制的方式控制竖向增稳电机驱动铰链转动,使得铰链位于第一指定范围内可以包括如下操作:首先,获取连接臂的当前关节角;然后,基于当前关节角和目标关节角之间的差值控制竖向增稳电机驱动连接臂转动至目标关节角。In some embodiments, controlling the rotation of the hinge driven by the vertical stabilization motor through closed-loop control, so that the hinge is within the first specified range may include the following operations: first, obtain the current joint angle of the connecting arm; then, based on the current joint angle The difference between the angle and the target joint angle controls the vertical stabilization motor to drive the connecting arm to rotate to the target joint angle.
如图12所示,可以在云台的基座的坐标系下计算连接臂相对于基座或把持组件的当前关节角与目标关节角之间的角度偏差,基于角度闭环控制方式,通过关节角偏差可以确定连接臂的工作电流和/或扭矩,根据该工作电流和/或该扭矩可以控制连接臂转动,以将连接臂转动至相对于基座或者把持组件的目标关节角。其中,当前关节角可以是基于设置在连接臂中的角度传感器采集到的角度。As shown in Figure 12, the angle deviation between the current joint angle and the target joint angle of the connecting arm relative to the base or the handle component can be calculated in the coordinate system of the base of the gimbal, based on the angle closed-loop control method, through the joint angle The deviation can determine the operating current and/or torque of the connecting arm, and the connecting arm can be controlled to rotate according to the operating current and/or the torque, so as to rotate the connecting arm to a target joint angle relative to the base or the handle assembly. Wherein, the current joint angle may be based on an angle collected by an angle sensor disposed in the connecting arm.
在某些实施例中,目标关节角包括多个子目标关节角,多个子目标关节角中相邻的两个子目标关节角之间的差值相同或不同。其中,可以通过动态减速模型来实现对云台的闭环控制。In some embodiments, the target joint angle includes multiple sub-target joint angles, and the difference between two adjacent sub-target joint angles among the multiple sub-target joint angles is the same or different. Among them, the closed-loop control of the gimbal can be realized through the dynamic deceleration model.
在某些实施例中,动态加减速模型可以包括预设形状的速度-时间线。该速度-时间线的形状包括但不限于:相对于某个坐标轴的斜线、曲线、折线等。In some embodiments, the dynamic acceleration and deceleration model may include a speed-time line of a preset shape. The shape of the speed-time line includes, but is not limited to: an oblique line, a curved line, a broken line, etc. relative to a certain coordinate axis.
在某些实施例中,预设形状的速度-时间线包括速度增大子线段、速度恒定子线段和速度减小子线段中至少两种。In some embodiments, the speed-time line of the preset shape includes at least two kinds of sub-lines of increasing speed, sub-lines of constant speed and sub-lines of decreasing speed.
例如,在确定目标关节角之后,将当前的测量关节角joint_mea,赋值给当前目标关 节角tar_joint_cur,计算目标误差Err,如式(5)。For example, after determining the target joint angle, assign the current measured joint angle joint_mea to the current target joint angle tar_joint_cur, and calculate the target error Err, as shown in formula (5).
Err=tar_joint_angle-tar_joint_cur    式(5)Err=tar_joint_angle-tar_joint_cur Formula (5)
然后通过诸如梯形速度规划的方法得到与目标误差Err对应的目标速度。Then the target speed corresponding to the target error Err is obtained by a method such as trapezoidal speed programming.
例如,通过动态梯形加减速控制规划生成每一控制周期的目标关节角。梯形加减速有助于使得变速更加平滑,并且达到目标关节角的用时较短。通过当前控制周期的目标关节角和检测的当前关节角进行关节角闭环控制,直到检测当前关节角达到与收纳状态对应的目标关节角的误差范围内。其中,误差范围可以是稳态误差,如误差范围具有上下限。For example, the target joint angle of each control cycle is generated through dynamic trapezoidal acceleration and deceleration control planning. Trapezoidal acceleration and deceleration helps make gear changes smoother and takes less time to reach the target joint angle. The joint angle closed-loop control is performed through the target joint angle of the current control cycle and the detected current joint angle until the detected current joint angle reaches the error range of the target joint angle corresponding to the storage state. Wherein, the error range may be a steady-state error, for example, the error range has upper and lower limits.
例如,控制连接臂时,连接臂可以以预设速度进行转动,该预设速度可以预先设置在云台的存储元件中。预设速度可以是恒定值。预设速度还可以具有先增大再减小的变化趋势,如此,可以先以较大的速度接近目标收纳位置以减少转动至目标收纳位置所需的时间,在接近目标收纳位置后减小速度以防止撞到连接臂的限位,并且可以避免出现超过目标收纳位置后再返回的情况。另外,预设速度还可以根据连接臂的当前位置与目标收纳位置之间的差异确定,如此,预设速度可以根据实际操作需要实时确定。例如在当前位置与目标收纳位置之间的差异比较大时,预设速度可以比较大,在当前位置与目标收纳位置之间的差异比较小时,预设速度可以比较小等,在此不做具体限定。For example, when the connecting arm is controlled, the connecting arm can rotate at a preset speed, and the preset speed can be preset in the storage element of the pan/tilt. The preset speed may be a constant value. The preset speed can also have a change trend of first increasing and then decreasing, so that the target storage position can be approached at a higher speed to reduce the time required for turning to the target storage position, and the speed can be reduced after approaching the target storage position In order to prevent hitting the limit of the connecting arm, and avoid the situation of returning after exceeding the target storage position. In addition, the preset speed can also be determined according to the difference between the current position of the connecting arm and the target storage position. In this way, the preset speed can be determined in real time according to actual operation needs. For example, when the difference between the current position and the target storage position is relatively large, the preset speed can be relatively large; when the difference between the current position and the target storage position is relatively small, the preset speed can be relatively small, etc., which will not be described in detail here. limited.
如图13所示,动态加减速模型的起始时刻可以以匀加速或变加速的形式增加速度,在中间阶段可以采用匀速形式,当然也可以采用变速形式。在当前关节角接近目标关节角时,则可以采用匀减速或变减速形式减小速度。As shown in Figure 13, the initial moment of the dynamic acceleration and deceleration model can increase the speed in the form of uniform acceleration or variable acceleration. In the middle stage, the form of constant speed can be used, and of course the form of variable speed can also be used. When the current joint angle is close to the target joint angle, the speed can be reduced in the form of uniform deceleration or variable deceleration.
以动态加减速模型按照梯形速度规划为例,梯形速度规划公式如式(6)~式(8)所示。Taking the dynamic acceleration and deceleration model according to the trapezoidal speed planning as an example, the trapezoidal speed planning formulas are shown in formulas (6) to (8).
加速段:当速度小于最大速度时加速时,梯形速度规划公式如式(6)所示。Acceleration section: When accelerating when the speed is less than the maximum speed, the trapezoidal speed planning formula is shown in formula (6).
v=v+acc*tick(v<v_max)   式(6)v=v+acc*tick(v<v_max) Formula (6)
匀速段:当速度达到最大速度时匀速运动,梯形速度规划公式如式(7)所示。Uniform speed segment: when the speed reaches the maximum speed, the motion is uniform, and the trapezoidal speed planning formula is shown in formula (7).
v=v_max(v>=v_max)    式(7)v=v_max(v>=v_max) Formula (7)
减速段:当误差小于等于减速距离时,开始减速,梯形速度规划公式如式(8)所示。Deceleration section: When the error is less than or equal to the deceleration distance, the deceleration starts. The trapezoidal speed planning formula is shown in formula (8).
v=v–acc(err<=s_stop)     式(8)v=v–acc(err<=s_stop) Formula (8)
其中,v为规划的速度,单位rad/s;acc为设置的加速度,单位rad/s^2,^2表示求平方;tick为一个运行周期的时间,单位s;v_max为设置的最大速度;err为当前位置离用户习惯角度的误差,单位rad;s_stop为当前速度减速到0所需要的减速距离,单位rad,计算公式如式(9)所示。Among them, v is the planned speed, the unit is rad/s; acc is the set acceleration, the unit is rad/s^2, ^2 means square; tick is the time of a running cycle, the unit is s; v_max is the set maximum speed; err is the error between the current position and the user's habitual angle, in rad; s_stop is the deceleration distance required to decelerate the current speed to 0, in rad, and the calculation formula is shown in formula (9).
s_stop=1/2*acc*v^2    式(9)s_stop=1/2*acc*v^2 Formula (9)
将云台当前的目标关节角度运动到设置的目标关节角度处,如式(10)所示。Move the current target joint angle of the gimbal to the set target joint angle, as shown in formula (10).
Tar_joint_cur=tar_joint_cur+v*tick    式(10)Tar_joint_cur=tar_joint_cur+v*tick formula (10)
其中,tick为一个运行周期所需的时间。Among them, tick is the time required for a running cycle.
在某些实施例中,为了降低因连杆与第一机械限位结构或第二机械限位结构之间发生高强度干涉,导致竖向增稳电机的负载过高,造成电机烧毁等异常发生的概率,上述方法还可以包括如下操作:首先,获得竖向增稳电机的输出力矩,然后,如果输出力矩大于预设力矩,则减小目标关节角。其中,预设力矩对应于能够驱动铰链到达第一死点或者越过第一死点的力矩。其中,当输出力矩大于预设力矩时,则表明已发生干涉、负载的重量过大并且已越过死点位置。此时,可以通过干预目标关节角,来降低发生电机烧毁的风险。In some embodiments, in order to reduce the high-intensity interference between the connecting rod and the first mechanical limit structure or the second mechanical limit structure, the load of the vertical stabilization motor is too high, causing abnormalities such as motor burnout The above method may also include the following operations: first, obtain the output torque of the vertical stabilization motor, and then, if the output torque is greater than the preset torque, reduce the target joint angle. Wherein, the preset torque corresponds to the torque capable of driving the hinge to reach the first dead point or cross the first dead point. Wherein, when the output torque is greater than the preset torque, it indicates that interference has occurred, the weight of the load is too large and the dead point has been crossed. At this time, the risk of motor burnout can be reduced by intervening in the target joint angle.
例如,减小目标关节角可以包括:减小目标关节角至与第一死点对应的连接臂的关节角。这样干预目标关节角相当于减去了预设的死区,避免由于目标关节角和预设的死区之和超出了与第一机械限位结构对应的角度,导致电机持续无法达到目标关节角导致的电机烧毁。For example, reducing the target joint angle may include: reducing the target joint angle to the joint angle of the connecting arm corresponding to the first dead point. Interventing the target joint angle in this way is equivalent to subtracting the preset dead zone, so as to prevent the motor from continuing to fail to reach the target joint angle because the sum of the target joint angle and the preset dead zone exceeds the angle corresponding to the first mechanical limit structure resulting in motor burnout.
例如,减小目标关节角可以包括:减小目标关节角至当前检测的连接臂的关节角。该方式减小了目标关节角和当前关节角之间的差值,同样可以有效降低发生电机烧毁的风险。For example, reducing the target joint angle may include: reducing the target joint angle to the currently detected joint angle of the connecting arm. This method reduces the difference between the target joint angle and the current joint angle, and can also effectively reduce the risk of motor burnout.
具体地,当云台当前目标关节角运动到设置的目标关节角后,检测云台的输出力矩torque,如果大于阈值(Torque>torque_set),则认为电机已经越过死点,并卡在卡点上持续出力。Specifically, when the current target joint angle of the gimbal moves to the set target joint angle, the output torque torque of the gimbal is detected. If it is greater than the threshold (Torque>torque_set), it is considered that the motor has crossed the dead point and is stuck on the stuck point Continue to work hard.
然后,通过低通滤波的方法将当前的目标角度切换到测量目标角度,如式(11)所示。Then, the current target angle is switched to the measurement target angle by means of low-pass filtering, as shown in formula (11).
Tar_joint_cur=(1-lp_coef)*tar_joint_cur+lp_coef*joint_angle_mea    式(11)Tar_joint_cur=(1-lp_coef)*tar_joint_cur+lp_coef*joint_angle_mea formula (11)
其中,lp_coef为低通滤波系数,大小为[0,1]的一个值,值的大小事先调试设定。Among them, lp_coef is a low-pass filter coefficient, the size is a value of [0,1], and the size of the value is set by debugging in advance.
当误差error=abs(tar_joint_cur–joint_angle_mea)小于一定值的时候,认为运动到位,已经完成响应于触发事件的自动收纳功能。例如,触发事件可以是下电指令,当误差小于一定值的时候,已完成下电前的云台自动收纳功能,给电源管理系统(Power Management,简称PM)发送可以下电指令。电源管理系统用于将电源有效分配给系统的不同组件。通过降低组件闲置时的能耗,优秀的电源管理系统能够有效延长电池寿命。When the error error=abs(tar_joint_cur-joint_angle_mea) is less than a certain value, it is considered that the movement is in place, and the automatic storage function in response to the trigger event has been completed. For example, the trigger event may be a power-off command. When the error is less than a certain value, the automatic storage function of the gimbal before power-off has been completed, and a power-off command is sent to the power management system (PM). A power management system is used to efficiently distribute power to the different components of the system. A good power management system can effectively extend battery life by reducing the power consumption of components when they are idle.
参考图14所示,云台在接收到下电指令后,由电池或电源管理系统给竖向增稳机构和轴向增稳机构分别发出下电通知。Referring to FIG. 14 , after receiving the power-off command, the gimbal sends a power-off notification to the vertical stabilization mechanism and the axial stabilization mechanism respectively by the battery or power management system.
对于竖向增稳机构,接收到下电通知后,首先获取当前关节角,并将云台切换为关节 角闭环控制模式。在该模式,将云台的目标关节角设置为关节角下限位(如对应于第一机械限位结构和死区值之和),死区值如3°或其它角度等。然后,通过梯形速度规划的方式,将云台目标关节角从当前周期的目标关节角逐步调整至最后一周期的目标关节角。在达到最后一周期的目标关节角之后,可以检测云台的输出力矩。如果输出力矩大于力矩阈值,则可以认为已达到第一机械限位结构处,此时,可以将云台的最后一周期的目标关节角,通过低通滤波的方式调整到测量的当前关节角。在完成上述操作之后,向电池或电源管理系统发送完成下电的指令,竖向增稳机构可以进行断电操作。For the vertical stabilization mechanism, after receiving the power-off notification, first obtain the current joint angle, and switch the gimbal to the joint angle closed-loop control mode. In this mode, set the target joint angle of the gimbal to the joint angle lower limit (such as corresponding to the sum of the first mechanical limit structure and the dead zone value), and the dead zone value is 3° or other angles. Then, the target joint angle of the gimbal is gradually adjusted from the target joint angle of the current cycle to the target joint angle of the last cycle by means of trapezoidal speed planning. After reaching the target joint angle of the last cycle, the output torque of the gimbal can be detected. If the output torque is greater than the torque threshold, it can be considered that the first mechanical limit structure has been reached. At this time, the target joint angle of the last cycle of the gimbal can be adjusted to the measured current joint angle through low-pass filtering. After the above operations are completed, an instruction to complete power-off is sent to the battery or power management system, and the vertical stability enhancing mechanism can perform a power-off operation.
对于轴向增稳机构,接收到下电通知后,首先获取当前关节角,并将云台切换为关节角闭环控制模式。在该模式,将轴向增稳机构的目标值设置为roll=0度,pitch=0度,yaw=180度。然后,通过梯形速度规划的方式,将云台目标值从当前目标值运动至最终目标值。在完成上述操作之后,向电池或电源管理系统发送完成下电的指令,轴向增稳机构可以进行断电操作。电池或者电源管理系统收到竖向增稳机构和转轴增稳机构完成下电的指令后,进行断电。For the axial stabilization mechanism, after receiving the power-off notification, first obtain the current joint angle, and switch the gimbal to the joint angle closed-loop control mode. In this mode, set the target values of the axial stabilization mechanism as roll=0 degrees, pitch=0 degrees, yaw=180 degrees. Then, the target value of the pan/tilt is moved from the current target value to the final target value by means of trapezoidal speed planning. After the above operations are completed, an instruction to complete power-off is sent to the battery or power management system, and the axial stabilization mechanism can perform a power-off operation. After the battery or the power management system receives an instruction to power off the vertical stabilization mechanism and the rotating shaft stabilization mechanism, the power is cut off.
在某些实施例中,为了便于实现用户的多种需求,如用户需要可以随时实现关机功能或待机功能等,上述方法还可以包括如下操作:在使得云台处于收纳状态,控制云台进入关机模式,或者,响应于待机指令,控制云台进入待机模式。In some embodiments, in order to facilitate the realization of various needs of the user, such as the user can realize the shutdown function or the standby function at any time, the above method may also include the following operations: when the pan/tilt is in the storage state, control the pan/tilt to enter the shutdown mode, or, in response to the standby command, control the gimbal to enter the standby mode.
在某些实施例中,如图15所示的S1520和S1540,在以上实施例中通过竖向增稳机构控制轴向增稳机构绕特定方向转动的基础上,为了进一步降低负载与外部环境之间发生干涉,上述方法还可以包括如下操作:响应于触发事件,控制轴向增稳机构中的至少一个转轴结构绕相应的轴线转动,以使得云台处于收纳状态中的预设姿态。例如,可以控制轴向增稳机构的至少一个转轴结构相对于竖向增稳机构发生姿态变化,以减小云台和/或负载共同占用的空间大小。In some embodiments, S1520 and S1540 shown in Figure 15, on the basis of controlling the rotation of the axial stabilization mechanism in a specific direction through the vertical stabilization mechanism in the above embodiments, in order to further reduce the load and the external environment Interference occurs, the above method may also include the following operations: in response to a trigger event, controlling at least one rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism to rotate around a corresponding axis, so that the pan/tilt is in a preset posture in the storage state. For example, the posture of at least one rotating shaft structure of the axial stabilization mechanism can be controlled to change relative to the vertical stabilization mechanism, so as to reduce the space occupied by the platform and/or the load.
其中,在云台处于收纳状态时,负载的至少部分工作面位于基座中远离竖向增稳机构的端部与竖向增稳机构中用于连接轴向增稳机构的端部之间。工作面是指负载的感测元件所朝向的一面,例如,负载是拍摄装置时,工作面可以指拍摄装置的镜头的采光面,镜头的采光面在收纳状态下位于竖向增稳机构的两端之间。又例如,负载是测绘仪器时,工作面可以指测绘仪器的雷达波接收面,测绘仪器的雷达波接收面在收纳状态下位于竖向增稳机构的两端之间。Wherein, when the platform is in the stored state, at least part of the working surface of the load is located between the end of the base away from the vertical stabilization mechanism and the end of the vertical stabilization mechanism for connecting to the axial stabilization mechanism. The working surface refers to the side facing the sensor element of the load. For example, when the load is a camera, the working surface can refer to the lighting surface of the lens of the shooting device. The lighting surface of the lens is located on both sides of the vertical stabilization mechanism in the storage state. between the ends. For another example, when the load is a surveying and mapping instrument, the working surface may refer to the radar wave receiving surface of the surveying and mapping instrument, and the radar wave receiving surface of the surveying and mapping instrument is located between the two ends of the vertical stabilization mechanism in the storage state.
具体的,控制轴向增稳机构中的至少一个转轴结构绕相应的轴线转动,包括以下至少一种:控制轴向增稳机构中的第一转轴结构围绕偏航轴线转动至第一预设角度; 控制轴向增稳机构中的第二转轴结构围绕俯仰轴线转动至第二预设角度;控制轴向增稳机构中的第三转轴结构围绕滚动轴线转动至第三预设角度。其中,第一预设角度、第二预设角度和第三预设角度可以是由用户预先设置的。Specifically, controlling at least one rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism to rotate around a corresponding axis includes at least one of the following: controlling the first rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism to rotate around the yaw axis to a first preset angle ; controlling the second shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism to rotate around the pitch axis to a second preset angle; controlling the third shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism to rotate around the roll axis to a third preset angle. Wherein, the first preset angle, the second preset angle and the third preset angle may be preset by the user.
由竖向增稳机构到负载的连接顺序可以包括:竖向增稳机构、第一转轴结构、第二转轴结构、第三转轴结构、负载。其中,第一转轴结构包括前述的第一支架,第二转轴结构包括前述的第二支架,第三转轴结构包括与前述的第三轴线驱动器连接的第三支架或负载固定机构。The connection sequence from the vertical stabilization mechanism to the load may include: the vertical stabilization mechanism, the first rotating shaft structure, the second rotating shaft structure, the third rotating shaft structure, and the load. Wherein, the first rotating shaft structure includes the aforementioned first bracket, the second rotating shaft structure includes the aforementioned second bracket, and the third rotating shaft structure includes a third bracket or a load fixing mechanism connected to the aforementioned third axis driver.
在某些实施例中,在第一转轴结构围绕偏航轴线转动至第一预设角度时,负载的工作面趋向竖向增稳机构和/或云台的基座,基座用于承载竖向增稳机构。In some embodiments, when the first rotating shaft structure rotates around the yaw axis to a first preset angle, the working surface of the load tends to the vertical stabilization mechanism and/or the base of the platform, and the base is used to carry the vertical To the stabilization agency.
参考图2、图8和图9所示,可以控制负载固定机构围绕偏航轴旋转180度等,使得负载为诸如拍摄装置时,其镜头可以朝向基座26,降低镜头因与外界环境发生干涉造成损伤的风险。此外,还可以控制轴向增稳机构24中的转轴结构达到目标收纳位置(如预设收纳角度),如执行回位操作。Referring to Fig. 2, Fig. 8 and Fig. 9, the load fixing mechanism can be controlled to rotate 180 degrees around the yaw axis, etc., so that when the load is such as a shooting device, its lens can face the base 26, reducing the interference between the lens and the external environment risk of injury. In addition, the rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism 24 can also be controlled to reach the target storage position (such as a preset storage angle), such as performing a return operation.
在某些实施例中,在第二转轴结构围绕俯仰轴线转动至第二预设角度时,负载的工作面背离竖向增稳机构中用于连接轴向增稳机构的端部。In some embodiments, when the second rotating shaft structure rotates around the pitch axis to a second preset angle, the working surface of the load is away from the end of the vertical stabilization mechanism for connecting to the axial stabilization mechanism.
例如,对于设置在云台的轴向增稳机构上的拍摄装置,通过控制拍摄装置围绕俯仰轴旋转,可以使得拍摄装置中远离镜头的一面相对靠近竖向增稳机构中用于连接轴向增稳机构的端部。例如,拍摄装置中远离镜头的一面朝向地面,拍摄装置的镜头朝向天空。这样在控制拍摄装置围绕偏航轴旋转时,是拍摄装置的非长边(不是与拍摄装置的光轴方向平行的边)发生旋转,以有效降低负载与基座或者竖向增稳机构之间发生干涉的概率。For example, for the shooting device installed on the axial stabilization mechanism of the gimbal, by controlling the rotation of the shooting device around the pitch axis, the side of the shooting device far away from the lens can be relatively close to the vertical stabilization mechanism for connecting the axial stabilization mechanism. Stabilize the end of the mechanism. For example, the side of the shooting device away from the lens faces the ground, and the lens of the shooting device faces the sky. In this way, when the camera is controlled to rotate around the yaw axis, the non-long side of the camera (not the side parallel to the optical axis direction of the camera) rotates to effectively reduce the gap between the load and the base or the vertical stabilization mechanism. probability of interference.
在某些实施例中,上述方法还包括:通过轴向增稳机构驱动负载的转动,使得负载与竖向增稳机构和/或云台的基座之间保持相互分隔。例如,可以通过预设策略控制负载的运动轨迹等,避免负载与竖向增稳机构和/或云台的基座之间发生干涉。In some embodiments, the above method further includes: driving the rotation of the payload through the axial stabilization mechanism, so that the payload is separated from the vertical stabilization mechanism and/or the base of the platform. For example, the trajectory of the load can be controlled through a preset strategy to avoid interference between the load and the vertical stabilization mechanism and/or the base of the gimbal.
参考图2所示,当拍摄装置的尺寸较大,如安装有长焦镜头时,如果转动拍摄装置,可能导致拍摄装置的镜头等部分与基座26或基座26的把手之间发生干涉,造成拍摄装置受损。本申请实施例在控制云台进入收纳状态的过程中,需要使得负载与竖向增稳机构22和/或云台的基座26之间保持相互分隔。Referring to Fig. 2, when the photographing device is large in size, such as when a telephoto lens is installed, if the photographing device is rotated, interference may occur between the lens of the photographing device and the base 26 or the handle of the base 26, cause damage to the camera. In the embodiment of the present application, in the process of controlling the pan-tilt to enter the storage state, it is necessary to keep the load separated from the vertical stabilization mechanism 22 and/or the base 26 of the pan-tilt.
在某些实施例中,通过轴向增稳机构控制负载的转动可以包括:基于负载的类型,通过轴向增稳机构控制负载的转动。例如,不同类型的负载,其结构、形状等不同,可能与竖向增稳机构和/或云台的基座之间发生干涉的位置不同。因此,可以分别为不同 类型的负载设置各自的运动,以降低发生干涉事件的概率。In some embodiments, controlling rotation of the load via the axial stabilization mechanism may include controlling rotation of the load via the axial stabilization mechanism based on the type of load. For example, different types of loads, with different structures, shapes, etc., may interfere with the position of the vertical stabilization mechanism and/or the base of the pan/tilt at different locations. Therefore, separate motions can be set for different types of loads to reduce the probability of interference events.
在某些实施例中,通过轴向增稳机构控制负载的转动可以包括:通过轴向增稳机构控制负载的运动轨迹。其中,运动轨迹为基于第一转轴结构、第二转轴结构及第三转轴结构中的至少两个的转动信息以及转动顺序确定。其中,转动信息包括但不限于:转动角度、转动速度、转动时长等。转动顺序中同一时间段中可以仅有一个轴发生转动,也可以存在多个轴同时发生转动。例如,第一时间段内绕第一轴发生转动,第二时间段内绕第二轴发生转动,第三时间段内绕第三轴发生转动。例如,第一时间段内绕第一轴发生转动,第二时间段内绕第一轴和第二轴发生转动。In some embodiments, controlling the rotation of the load through the axial stabilization mechanism may include: controlling the motion trajectory of the load through the axial stabilization mechanism. Wherein, the motion trajectory is determined based on the rotation information and the rotation order of at least two of the first rotating shaft structure, the second rotating shaft structure and the third rotating shaft structure. Wherein, the rotation information includes but not limited to: rotation angle, rotation speed, rotation duration, etc. In the rotation sequence, only one shaft may rotate in the same time period, or there may be multiple shafts that rotate simultaneously. For example, the rotation occurs around the first axis during the first time period, the rotation around the second axis occurs within the second time period, and the rotation around the third axis occurs during the third time period. For example, the rotation occurs around the first axis during the first time period, and the rotation around the first axis and the second axis occurs during the second time period.
其中,负载的类型或者负载的运动轨迹可以根据负载的型号来确定,负载的型号是生产厂家对生产的不同规格同一类型产品,用数字或字母分别标记,以便区分的一种代码。例如,对于负载是拍摄装置而言,负载可以是与云台一体设置的拍摄装置。拍摄装置的型号可以用于用于指示拍摄装置的尺寸等相关信息,以便基于拍摄装置的尺寸来确定运动轨迹。如对于大尺寸的拍摄装置,其运动轨迹需要满足防止镜头与基座和/或竖向增稳机构之间发生干涉的要求。或者,负载也可以是与云台可拆卸的第三方拍摄装置,如第三方相机。以第三方相机的型号为例进行说明,型号包括数字和字母。相机分为入门级、准专业级和专业级。如专业级的型号可以包括6D、5D、1D等。准专业级的型号可以包括60D、70D、80D等。其中,数字越少的相机的专业度越高,专业度越高的相机,其配备的镜头的尺寸通常越大,因此,越专业的相机在进行收纳过程中,与基座和/或竖向增稳机构发生干涉的概率越高。Among them, the type of load or the trajectory of the load can be determined according to the model of the load. The model of the load is a code that the manufacturer marks the same type of products of different specifications with numbers or letters to distinguish them. For example, if the payload is a photographing device, the payload may be a photographing device integrated with the pan/tilt. The model of the camera can be used to indicate the size of the camera and other related information, so as to determine the motion track based on the size of the camera. For example, for a large-sized shooting device, its motion track needs to meet the requirement of preventing interference between the lens and the base and/or the vertical stabilization mechanism. Alternatively, the payload can also be a third-party shooting device detachable from the gimbal, such as a third-party camera. Take the model number of a third-party camera as an example. The model number includes numbers and letters. Cameras are divided into entry-level, quasi-professional and professional-level. Such as professional-grade models can include 6D, 5D, 1D and so on. Quasi-professional models can include 60D, 70D, 80D, etc. Among them, the camera with fewer numbers is more professional, and the camera with higher professional degree usually has a larger lens size. The probability of the intervention of the stabilization mechanism is higher.
或者,负载的类型或负载的运动轨迹也可以通过负载的重量进行表征,例如,通过重力传感器采集负载的重量。由于不同类型的负载的重量通常分布在一个相对集中的重量范围内,可以分别为每个重量范围设置对应的控制方式。例如,智能手机、平板电脑、消费类相机、专业级相机等的重量分别集中在不同的重量区间段,可以根据负载的重量所在的重量区间段确定对应的负载的类型或负载的运动轨迹等。Alternatively, the type of the load or the trajectory of the load can also be characterized by the weight of the load, for example, the weight of the load is collected by a gravity sensor. Since the weights of different types of loads are usually distributed within a relatively concentrated weight range, corresponding control methods can be set for each weight range. For example, the weight of smartphones, tablet computers, consumer cameras, professional cameras, etc. are concentrated in different weight intervals, and the type of load or the trajectory of the load can be determined according to the weight interval where the weight of the load is located.
其中,对于轻量级的负载,可以直接控制负载围绕偏航轴旋转直至负载的位姿变为与收纳状态对应的姿态。对于重量级的负载,可以先控制负载围绕俯仰轴或横滚轴旋转,调整至负载不易于基座或者竖向增稳机构发生干涉的姿态,然后,再控制负载围绕偏航轴旋转直至负载的位姿变为与收纳状态对应的姿态。例如,与专业级相机类型对应的控制方式包括:先围绕俯仰轴向上旋转90°,然后围绕偏航轴顺时针旋转180°,接着围绕俯仰轴向下旋转90°。例如,与智能手机和卡片相机对应的控制方式包括: 围绕偏航轴顺时针旋转180°。Among them, for light-weight loads, the load can be directly controlled to rotate around the yaw axis until the pose of the load changes to the pose corresponding to the storage state. For heavyweight loads, you can first control the load to rotate around the pitch axis or roll axis, adjust the load to an attitude where the load is not easy to interfere with the base or the vertical stabilization mechanism, and then control the load to rotate around the yaw axis until the load's The pose changes to a pose corresponding to the stored state. For example, a control method corresponding to a professional-grade camera type includes: first rotate upwards 90° around the pitch axis, then rotate clockwise 180° around the yaw axis, and then rotate down 90° around the pitch axis. For example, the control methods corresponding to smartphones and card cameras include: Rotate 180° clockwise around the yaw axis.
此外,当负载的重量超过重量阈值或在负载为拍摄装置且具有长焦镜头时,如果接收到指示云台进入收纳模式的触发事件,则对用户进行提示,以降低电机负载过大造成的电机烧毁的风险或降低负载尺寸过大导致发生的干涉风险等。如提示用户拆卸负载后再进行收纳操作。例如,参考图2所示,负载是具有长镜头的拍摄装置,为了降低镜头与外界环境之间发生干涉的概率,在云台200下电之前,可以将云台200调整为收纳状态,如控制竖向增稳机构22的自由端向下运动,并且控制轴向增稳机构24调整拍摄装置的姿态。其中,在控制轴向增稳机构调整拍摄装置的姿态的过程中,首先,可以控制负载围绕俯仰轴向上旋转90°,这样可以有效减小负载在手平面上投影的尺寸(如镜头的投影被拍摄装置的机身的投影覆盖),有效降低了镜头与基座和/或竖向增稳机构之间发生干涉的概率。然后,可以控制负载围绕其它轴进行转动。In addition, when the weight of the load exceeds the weight threshold or when the load is a camera with a telephoto lens, if a trigger event is received indicating that the gimbal enters the storage mode, the user will be prompted to reduce the motor damage caused by the excessive load of the motor. risk of burning out or reducing the risk of interference due to oversizing of the load, etc. For example, prompt the user to remove the load before performing the storage operation. For example, as shown in Figure 2, the load is a shooting device with a long lens. In order to reduce the probability of interference between the lens and the external environment, before the gimbal 200 is powered off, the gimbal 200 can be adjusted to a storage state, such as controlling The free end of the vertical stabilization mechanism 22 moves downward, and controls the axial stabilization mechanism 24 to adjust the attitude of the shooting device. Among them, in the process of controlling the axial stabilization mechanism to adjust the attitude of the shooting device, firstly, the load can be controlled to rotate upward by 90° around the pitch axis, which can effectively reduce the size of the projection of the load on the hand plane (such as the projection of the lens covered by the projection of the body of the shooting device), which effectively reduces the probability of interference between the lens and the base and/or the vertical stabilization mechanism. The load can then be controlled to rotate about other axes.
在某些实施例中,第二转轴结构的转动顺序先于第一转轴结构的转动顺序。其中,第二转轴结构是绕俯仰轴线转动,第一转轴结构是绕偏航轴线转动。In some embodiments, the rotation sequence of the second shaft structure precedes the rotation sequence of the first shaft structure. Wherein, the second rotating shaft structure rotates around the pitch axis, and the first rotating shaft structure rotates around the yaw axis.
例如,负载的长度较长,负载的非长边在转动过程中与基座或者竖向增稳机构之间发生干涉的第一概率,小于长边在转动过程中与基座或者竖向增稳机构之间发生干涉的第二概率,如果控制负载直接围绕偏航轴旋转,负载可能与基座或者竖向增稳机构之间发生干涉。为了解决上述问题,可以先控制负载围绕俯仰轴旋转,以使得负载的长边(如与拍摄装置的光轴方向平行的边)调整至与基座或者竖向增稳机构发生干涉概率小的方向。然后,再控制负载围绕偏航轴旋转,以有效降低负载与基座或者竖向增稳机构之间发生干涉的概率。For example, the length of the load is longer, and the first probability of interference between the non-long side of the load and the base or the vertical stabilization mechanism during rotation is smaller than that of the long side of the load with the base or the vertical stabilization mechanism during rotation. The second probability of interference between mechanisms, if the control load rotates directly around the yaw axis, the load may interfere with the base or the vertical stabilization mechanism. In order to solve the above problems, the load can be controlled to rotate around the pitch axis first, so that the long side of the load (such as the side parallel to the optical axis direction of the camera) is adjusted to a direction with a low probability of interference with the base or the vertical stabilization mechanism . Then, the load is controlled to rotate around the yaw axis to effectively reduce the probability of interference between the load and the base or the vertical stabilization mechanism.
在某些实施例中,轴向增稳机构用于驱动所述负载至少绕俯仰轴旋转,通过轴向增稳机构控制负载的转动可以包括:轴向增稳机构用于驱动负载至少绕俯仰轴旋转。具体的,通过轴向增稳机构控制负载的转动可以是通过轴向增稳机构控制负载的姿态中的俯仰分量,这样可以通过调整俯仰分量来实现调整负载的俯仰角度等。调整负载的俯仰角度有助于调整负载在水平面上投影的长度,这样有助于降低旋转负载导致负载与基座等发生干涉的概率。In some embodiments, the axial stabilization mechanism is used to drive the load to rotate at least about the pitch axis, and controlling the rotation of the load through the axial stabilization mechanism may include: the axial stabilization mechanism is used to drive the load at least about the pitch axis rotate. Specifically, controlling the rotation of the load through the axial stabilization mechanism may be to control the pitch component of the attitude of the load through the axial stabilization mechanism, so that the pitch angle of the load can be adjusted by adjusting the pitch component. Adjusting the pitch angle of the load helps to adjust the projected length of the load on the horizontal plane, which helps to reduce the probability of interference between the load and the base caused by the rotating load.
以下针对轴向增稳机构的电机的闭环控制过程进行示例性说明。The following is an exemplary description of the closed-loop control process of the motor of the axial stabilization mechanism.
在某些实施例中,针对轴向增稳机构的每个转轴结构,基于转轴结构的当前关节角和针对该转轴结构的目标关节角之间的差值,确定多个控制周期各自的子目标关节角包括:基于当前关节角和目标关节角之间的差值,通过动态加减速模型确定多个控制周期各自的 子目标关节角。In some embodiments, for each shaft structure of the axial stabilization mechanism, the respective sub-targets of the plurality of control cycles are determined based on the difference between the current joint angle of the shaft structure and the target joint angle for the shaft structure The joint angle includes: based on the difference between the current joint angle and the target joint angle, determining the respective sub-target joint angles of multiple control cycles through a dynamic acceleration and deceleration model.
在确定多个控制周期各自的子目标关节角之后,在每个控制周期中,可以基于当前关节角和子目标关节角之间的差值控制至少一个转轴结构转动至子目标关节角。After the respective sub-target joint angles of the plurality of control cycles are determined, in each control cycle, at least one rotating shaft structure may be controlled to rotate to the sub-target joint angle based on the difference between the current joint angle and the sub-target joint angle.
对于转轴增稳机构,同样需要经过与竖向增稳机构类似的闭环控制过程。但是,与竖向增稳机构不同的是,针对转轴增稳机构闭环控制的目标关节角是预设目标值。例如,针对roll轴的收纳角度是0°,针对pitch轴的收纳角度是0°,针对yaw轴的收纳角度是180°。For the shaft stabilization mechanism, it also needs to go through a closed-loop control process similar to that of the vertical stabilization mechanism. However, different from the vertical stabilization mechanism, the target joint angle for the closed-loop control of the rotating shaft stabilization mechanism is a preset target value. For example, the storage angle for the roll axis is 0°, the storage angle for the pitch axis is 0°, and the storage angle for the yaw axis is 180°.
例如,计算当前关节角与子目标关节角之间的关节角偏差,通过关节角偏差可以确定转轴结构的电机的工作电流和/或扭矩。根据该工作电流和/或该扭矩可以控制转轴结构的转子转动以将转轴结构转动至目标关节角。如此,可以通过关节角闭环控制简单、快速且准确地将转轴结构调整到目标收纳位置。For example, the joint angle deviation between the current joint angle and the sub-target joint angle is calculated, and the working current and/or torque of the motor of the rotating shaft structure can be determined through the joint angle deviation. According to the operating current and/or the torque, the rotation of the rotor of the rotating shaft structure can be controlled to rotate the rotating shaft structure to a target joint angle. In this way, the rotating shaft structure can be adjusted to the target storage position simply, quickly and accurately through joint angle closed-loop control.
例如,基于当前关节角和目标关节角之间的差值控制至少一个转轴结构转动至目标关节角可以包括:首先,基于当前关节角和目标关节角之间的差值确定多个控制周期各自的子目标关节角。其中,控制周期的个数可以基于差值的大小来确定,如差值越大,则所需的控制周期的个数越多。然后,针对每个控制周期,基于当前关节角和与控制周期对应的子目标关节角之间的差值控制至少一个转轴结构转动。其中,针对轴向增稳机构的各控制周期的过程参数可以如表1所示。For example, controlling at least one rotating shaft structure to rotate to the target joint angle based on the difference between the current joint angle and the target joint angle may include: firstly, determining the respective values of the plurality of control cycles based on the difference between the current joint angle and the target joint angle Subtarget joint angle. Wherein, the number of control cycles can be determined based on the magnitude of the difference, for example, the larger the difference, the more the number of control cycles required. Then, for each control period, the rotation of at least one rotating shaft structure is controlled based on the difference between the current joint angle and the sub-target joint angle corresponding to the control period. Wherein, the process parameters for each control period of the axial stabilization mechanism can be shown in Table 1.
表1过程参数Table 1 Process parameters
 the 第一关节角first joint angle 第二关节角second joint angle 第三关节角third joint angle
初始值initial value 2020 1010 3030
第一控制周期first control cycle 1919 1111 2929
第二控制周期second control cycle 1717 1212 2727
第三控制周期third control cycle 1414 1414 24twenty four
……... ……... ……... ……...
第N控制周期Nth control cycle 00 2020 2020
需要说明的是,上述取值仅为示例性示出,不能理解为对本申请的限定。其中,N是大于1的正整数。关节角为矢量,可以通过定义转轴结构的一个旋转方向为正旋转方向,另一个旋转方向为反旋转方向,关节角为正时,说明旋转方向为正旋转方向,关节角为负时,说明旋转方向为反旋转方向。其中,各个转轴结构均包括对应的正旋转方向和反旋转方向。It should be noted that the above-mentioned values are shown as examples only, and should not be construed as limiting the present application. Wherein, N is a positive integer greater than 1. The joint angle is a vector. One rotation direction of the shaft structure can be defined as the positive rotation direction, and the other rotation direction is the reverse rotation direction. When the joint angle is positive, it indicates that the rotation direction is positive rotation, and when the joint angle is negative, it indicates the rotation The direction is the anti-rotation direction. Wherein, each rotating shaft structure includes a corresponding positive rotation direction and a reverse rotation direction.
例如,横滚转轴结构对应的目标关节角与第一设定关节角的绝对差值为0°,可以是横滚转轴结构对应的目标关节角相对于第一设定关节角的差值为正0°,即横滚转轴结构的目标关节角相对于第一设定关节角的方向为正旋转方向,角度为0°。俯仰转轴结构对应的目标关节角与第二设定关节角的绝对差值为0°,即第二设定关节角即为俯仰转轴结构对应的目标关节角。偏航转轴结构对应的目标关节角与第三设定关节角的绝对差值为180°。如此,横滚转轴结构、俯仰转轴结构和偏航转轴结构均相对收敛,使得云台和负载共同占用的尺寸最小,能够有效减少云台所需占用的空间,有助于降低相机移动过程中与外界发生干涉的风险。For example, the absolute difference between the target joint angle corresponding to the roll rotation axis structure and the first set joint angle is 0°, which may mean that the difference between the target joint angle corresponding to the roll rotation axis structure and the first set joint angle is positive 0°, that is, the direction of the target joint angle of the roll rotation axis structure relative to the first set joint angle is the positive rotation direction, and the angle is 0°. The absolute difference between the target joint angle corresponding to the pitch shaft structure and the second set joint angle is 0°, that is, the second set joint angle is the target joint angle corresponding to the pitch shaft structure. The absolute difference between the target joint angle corresponding to the yaw rotation axis structure and the third set joint angle is 180°. In this way, the structure of the roll axis, the pitch axis and the yaw axis are all relatively convergent, so that the joint size of the gimbal and the load is the smallest, which can effectively reduce the space required by the gimbal and help reduce the contact with the camera during movement. Risk of outside interference.
当然,第一设定关节角、第二设定关节角和第三设定关节角也可以是其他设定值,例如0°、45°、180°等。横滚转轴结构对应的目标关节角与第一设定关节角的绝对差值、俯仰转轴结构对应的目标关节角与第二设定关节角的绝对差值、偏航转轴结构对应的目标关节角与第三设定关节角的绝对差值,也可以根据需要进行设置。Of course, the first set joint angle, the second set joint angle and the third set joint angle may also be other set values, such as 0°, 45°, 180° and so on. The absolute difference between the target joint angle corresponding to the roll rotation axis structure and the first set joint angle, the absolute difference between the target joint angle corresponding to the pitch rotation axis structure and the second set joint angle, and the target joint angle corresponding to the yaw rotation axis structure The absolute difference with the third set joint angle can also be set as required.
在某些实施例中,只要用梯形速度规划的方式将当前的云台目标值运动到roll=0°,pitch=0°,yaw=180°的角度。上述目标角度根据不同的云台可能不一样。通过控制作用设备的作业面朝向基座,可以借助基座实现对负载的作业面进行保护。In some embodiments, it is only necessary to move the current gimbal target value to an angle of roll=0°, pitch=0°, yaw=180° by means of trapezoidal speed planning. The above target angle may be different according to different gimbals. By controlling the working surface of the active equipment to face the base, the working surface of the load can be protected by means of the base.
以下对控制轴向增稳机构的转轴结构进入收纳状态之后的控制过程进行示例性说明。The control process after the rotating shaft structure of the axial stabilization mechanism is controlled to enter the storage state is exemplarily described below.
在某些实施例中,通过轴向增稳机构控制负载的转动可以包括如下操作,基于负载的类型,调整轴向增稳机构的电机的软限位,以限定负载的转动范围。In some embodiments, controlling the rotation of the load through the axial stabilization mechanism may include the following operations, based on the type of the load, adjusting the soft limit of the motor of the axial stabilization mechanism to limit the rotation range of the load.
通过上述软限位可以实现控制至少一个转轴结构保持在特定位置,如目标收纳位置。例如,可以通过控制云台的电机输出保持力矩以使得转轴结构保持在特定位置。相关技术中,可以通过机械锁的方式将转轴结构保持在目标收纳位置。但是,通过机械锁进行限位的方式,其使用便捷度较低。而通过电机输出保持力矩的方式进行限位,一方面有效提升了用户操作便捷度,一方面能提升云台和云台承载的负载的安全性。例如,保持力矩可以使得负载在用户晃动云台时保持负载相对于把持组件的姿态不变,以降低负载因干涉等导致的损伤。此外,保持力矩还可以使得负载在较大的外力作用下能够改变相对于基座的姿态以降低受到的外力,即负载相对于基座的姿态没有被锁死(如用户用手掰转轴结构时能改变转轴结构的姿态),这样可以实现:在较大外力作用下提供缓冲功能,并且在外力作用消失或变小时,可以精准地恢复到原姿态(如目标收纳位置)。例如,特定位置可以是工作状态下由用户指定的位置,如图2中竖向增稳机构22与水平面相互平行的位置。例如,特定位置可以是目标收纳位置。Through the soft limit, it is possible to control at least one rotating shaft structure to keep at a specific position, such as the target storage position. For example, the motor of the gimbal can be controlled to output a holding torque so that the rotating shaft structure is kept at a specific position. In the related art, the rotating shaft structure can be kept at the target storage position by means of a mechanical lock. However, the method of limiting the position by means of a mechanical lock is relatively inconvenient to use. The position is limited by the motor output holding torque, on the one hand, it effectively improves the convenience of the user's operation, and on the other hand, it can improve the safety of the gimbal and the load carried by the gimbal. For example, the holding moment can make the load keep the posture of the load relative to the handle assembly unchanged when the user shakes the gimbal, so as to reduce the damage of the load caused by interference and the like. In addition, the holding moment can also enable the load to change its posture relative to the base under the action of a large external force to reduce the external force received, that is, the posture of the load relative to the base is not locked (such as when the user breaks the rotating shaft structure by hand can change the posture of the rotating shaft structure), so that it can be realized: provide a buffer function under the action of a large external force, and can accurately return to the original posture (such as the target storage position) when the external force disappears or becomes smaller. For example, the specific position may be a position designated by the user in a working state, such as the position where the vertical stabilization mechanism 22 is parallel to the horizontal plane in FIG. 2 . For example, a specific location may be a target storage location.
例如,保持力矩可以是基于云台承载的负载来确定的。基于负载来确定的保持力矩,有助于优化上述缓冲功能,如能提供更加适合的保持力矩。For example, the holding moment may be determined based on the load carried by the gimbal. The holding torque determined based on the load helps to optimize the above-mentioned buffer function, such as providing a more suitable holding torque.
在某些实施例中,保持力矩小于增稳力矩,增稳力矩是云台处于增稳状态下,对云台承载的负载进行增稳的过程中,由云台的电机输出的力矩。例如,保持力矩可以为1毫牛/米、2毫牛/米、3毫牛/米、5毫牛/米、8毫牛/米、10毫牛/米、15毫牛/米、30毫牛/米、35毫牛/米、50毫牛/米、80毫牛/米、100毫牛/米、150毫牛/米、400毫牛/米、700毫牛/米、1牛/米、2牛/米、8牛/米、17牛/米、25牛/米、40牛/米、90牛/米、200牛/米等。具体地,针对采用比例、积分和微分(PID)控制方法进行闭环控制时,可以采取减小增稳模式下PID中比例(P)的取值的方式,来实现减小增稳模式下输入给电机的电流值,进而实现保持力矩小于增稳力矩。In some embodiments, the holding torque is smaller than the stabilizing torque, and the stabilizing torque is the torque output by the motor of the gimbal during the process of stabilizing the load carried by the gimbal when the gimbal is in a stabilizing state. For example, the holding torque can be 1 mN/m, 2 mN/m, 3 mN/m, 5 mN/m, 8 mN/m, 10 mN/m, 15 mN/m, 30 mN N/m, 35mN/m, 50mN/m, 80mN/m, 100mN/m, 150mN/m, 400mN/m, 700mN/m, 1N/m , 2 N/m, 8 N/m, 17 N/m, 25 N/m, 40 N/m, 90 N/m, 200 N/m, etc. Specifically, when the proportional, integral and derivative (PID) control method is used for closed-loop control, the method of reducing the value of the proportion (P) in the PID in the stability enhancement mode can be adopted to reduce the input to the stability enhancement mode. The current value of the motor, so as to realize that the holding torque is smaller than the stabilizing torque.
具体地,可以保持小力矩锁定在收纳状态关节角。需要说明的是,此时还可以通过机械锁锁定各个关节和/或关机,也可以选择保持这样的状态,在满足下电条件时进行下电操作。Specifically, a small moment can be maintained to lock the joint angle in the stowed state. It should be noted that at this time, each joint can also be locked and/or shut down through a mechanical lock, or you can choose to keep this state and perform a power-off operation when the power-off condition is met.
需要说明的是,还可以预先设置状态保持时长阈值,如果长时间控制至少一个转轴结构保持在目标收纳位置,可能导致消耗过多能量。因此,可以在检测到的保持时长大于或等于姿态保持时长阈值时,自动进入待机模式、关机模式等。It should be noted that the state maintenance time threshold can also be set in advance. If at least one rotating shaft structure is controlled to remain at the target storage position for a long time, excessive energy consumption may result. Therefore, when the detected holding time is greater than or equal to the posture holding time threshold, it can automatically enter the standby mode, shutdown mode, and the like.
姿态保持时长阈值可以是根据用户需求进行自定义设置。此外,姿态保持时长阈值可以与云台剩余电量相关,如剩余电量越多,则姿态保持时长阈值动态增加,在此不做具体限定。The attitude holding time threshold can be customized according to user needs. In addition, the attitude-holding time threshold may be related to the remaining power of the gimbal. If the remaining power is more, the attitude-holding time threshold will increase dynamically, which is not specifically limited here.
如图16所示,用户可以在交互界面中选择所需的功能,如控制云台下电、控制云台进行收纳状态,设置云台处于收纳姿态下对应的角度等。As shown in Figure 16, the user can select the required functions in the interactive interface, such as controlling the power off of the gimbal, controlling the storage state of the gimbal, setting the corresponding angle of the gimbal in the storage posture, etc.
例如,在交互界面上可以显示多个交互组件,如关机、收纳、关节角设置等。此外,部分组件可以对应有下一级交互界面。例如,用户点击姿态设置按钮后,可以跳转到用于设置姿态的界面,使得用户可以自行设置第一关节角、第二关节角、第三关节角等。具体地,可以设置针对偏航轴、横滚轴、俯仰轴各自的目标关节角。需要说明的是,用户可以控制云台仅执行收纳功能,但是不执行关机功能。为了提升云台的安全性,用户在执行关机功能时,云台可以先执行收纳功能。For example, multiple interactive components can be displayed on the interactive interface, such as shutdown, storage, joint angle setting, and the like. In addition, some components may correspond to a next-level interactive interface. For example, after the user clicks the attitude setting button, the user can jump to the interface for setting the attitude, so that the user can set the first joint angle, the second joint angle, the third joint angle, etc. by himself. Specifically, respective target joint angles for the yaw axis, the roll axis, and the pitch axis may be set. It should be noted that the user can control the gimbal to only perform the storage function, but not the shutdown function. In order to improve the safety of the gimbal, when the user executes the shutdown function, the gimbal can perform the storage function first.
当用户选取姿态设置后,可以对轴向增稳机构的各轴臂在收纳状态下的旋转角度进行设置。例如,可以设置俯仰轴臂相对于基座的旋转角度、可以设置偏航轴臂相对于基座的旋转角度和可以设置横滚轴臂相对于基座的旋转角度。After the user selects the attitude setting, the rotation angle of each shaft arm of the axial stabilization mechanism in the storage state can be set. For example, the rotation angle of the pitch axis arm relative to the base may be set, the rotation angle of the yaw axis arm relative to the base may be set, and the rotation angle of the roll axis arm relative to the base may be set.
本申请实施提供的云台控制方法,控制轴向增稳机构中的至少一个转轴结构沿特定方向发生运动,以使得云台处于收纳状态。该收纳状态可以使得云台和/或云台承载的负载处于相对安全的姿态下,提升产品安全度。此外,相对于手动将云台调整至收纳状态,在提升操作便捷度的基础上,还能有效提升姿态调整的精准度,提升用户体验。The application implements the pan-tilt control method, which controls at least one rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism to move in a specific direction, so that the pan-tilt is in a storage state. This stowed state can make the pan-tilt and/or the load carried by the pan-tilt in a relatively safe posture, improving product safety. In addition, compared with manually adjusting the gimbal to the storage state, on the basis of improving the convenience of operation, it can also effectively improve the accuracy of attitude adjustment and improve the user experience.
综上,可以提供以下几种收纳状态:In summary, the following storage states can be provided:
1、在某些实施例中,云台处于收纳姿态时,可以仅调整轴向增稳机构的姿态。如图17所示,与图6不同的是,轴向增稳机构24相对于竖向增稳机构22发生了姿态改变,如使得轴向增稳机构24承载的负载(如拍摄装置的镜头)从朝向外部环境改变为朝向基座,有效提升了拍摄装置的安全性。1. In some embodiments, when the pan/tilt is in the stowed posture, only the posture of the axial stabilization mechanism can be adjusted. As shown in FIG. 17 , the difference from FIG. 6 is that the attitude of the axial stabilization mechanism 24 has changed relative to the vertical stabilization mechanism 22 , such as the load carried by the axial stabilization mechanism 24 (such as the camera lens of the camera). Changing from facing the external environment to facing the base effectively improves the safety of the shooting device.
需要说明的是,在实现该收纳姿态的过程中,需要注意避免负载与基座之间发生干涉。参考图2所示,负载是具有较大尺寸镜头的拍摄装置,如果在图2所示的状态下直接控制拍摄装置的镜头从朝向外部环境转动至朝向基座26,则会发生干涉。因此,需要针对负载的类型来确定收纳姿态。如图2所示的拍摄装置,收纳姿态可以是轴向增稳机构24控制拍摄装置绕俯仰轴向上转动90°。其中,负载的类型可以根据用户输入信息或者负载的重量或者自识别等来确定,在此不做限定。It should be noted that, in the process of realizing the storage posture, care should be taken to avoid interference between the load and the base. Referring to FIG. 2 , the payload is a camera with a larger lens size. If the lens of the camera is directly controlled to rotate from facing the external environment to facing the base 26 in the state shown in FIG. 2 , interference will occur. Therefore, it is necessary to determine the storage posture according to the type of load. As shown in FIG. 2 , the storage posture may be that the axial stabilization mechanism 24 controls the camera device to rotate upward by 90° around the pitch axis. Wherein, the type of the load may be determined according to information input by the user or the weight of the load or self-identification, etc., which is not limited here.
2、在某些实施例中,云台处于收纳姿态时,可以调整竖向增稳机构和轴向增稳机构的姿态。如图18所示,与图6所不同的是,竖向增稳机构22的电机驱动轴向增稳机构24在重力方向上发生了位移,如使得轴向增稳机构24承载的负载(如拍摄装置的镜头)相对于基座的高度变低(如在高度方向上,负载位于基座的底端和基座的顶部之间),有效减少了云台和拍摄装置共同占用的空间,便于对云台进行收纳。此外,轴向增稳机构24相对于竖向增稳机构22发生了姿态改变,进一步降低云台和/或拍摄装置与外界发生干涉的风险。2. In some embodiments, when the gimbal is in the stowed posture, the postures of the vertical stabilization mechanism and the axial stabilization mechanism can be adjusted. As shown in FIG. 18 , the difference from FIG. 6 is that the motor-driven axial stabilization mechanism 24 of the vertical stabilization mechanism 22 is displaced in the direction of gravity, such as making the load carried by the axial stabilization mechanism 24 (such as The height of the lens of the shooting device) relative to the base becomes lower (for example, in the height direction, the load is located between the bottom end of the base and the top of the base), which effectively reduces the space occupied by the pan/tilt and the shooting device, and facilitates Store the cloud platform. In addition, the attitude of the axial stabilization mechanism 24 has changed relative to the vertical stabilization mechanism 22, further reducing the risk of interference between the gimbal and/or the shooting device and the outside world.
结合图2所示,负载是具有较大尺寸镜头的拍摄装置,如果在连接臂223向下旋转到位后,控制拍摄装置的镜头从朝向外部环境改变为朝向基座26,则会发生干涉。如图2所示的拍摄装置,收纳姿态可以通过如下控制过程来实现:轴向增稳机构24控制拍摄装置绕俯仰轴顺时针转动90°,在连接臂223顺时针旋转到位后,还可以进一步控制拍摄装置绕俯仰轴逆时针转动90°。As shown in FIG. 2 , the payload is a photographing device with a larger lens size. If the lens of the controlling photographing device changes from facing the external environment to facing the base 26 after the connecting arm 223 is rotated downward into place, interference will occur. As shown in Figure 2, the storage posture can be realized through the following control process: the axial stabilization mechanism 24 controls the camera device to rotate clockwise by 90° around the pitch axis, and after the connecting arm 223 rotates clockwise to the position, it can further Control the shooting device to rotate 90°counterclockwise around the pitch axis.
需要说明的是,在开机后需要控制云台恢复至工作状态时,可以按照上述收纳过程的逆操作过程来实现。例如,响应于接收到的上电指令,处于收纳状态的云台控制轴向增稳机构按照:与上述进入收纳状态时采用的运动轨迹相反的展开运动轨迹,进入工作状态。 例如,展开运动轨迹为基于第一转轴结构、第二转轴结构及第三转轴结构中的至少两个的转动信息以及转动顺序确定。例如,第一转轴结构的转动顺序先于第二转轴结构的转动顺序。It should be noted that when it is necessary to control the pan/tilt to return to the working state after starting up, it can be realized according to the reverse operation process of the above storage process. For example, in response to the power-on instruction received, the pan-tilt in the stored state controls the axial stabilization mechanism to enter the working state according to the unfolding motion trajectory opposite to the motion trajectory adopted when entering the storage state. For example, the unfolding movement track is determined based on the rotation information and rotation order of at least two of the first rotating shaft structure, the second rotating shaft structure and the third rotating shaft structure. For example, the rotation sequence of the first shaft structure is prior to the rotation sequence of the second shaft structure.
可以理解的是,云台从收纳状态转换为工作状态的过程中,同样需要降低负载与基座和/或竖向增稳机构之间发生干涉的概率。例如,对于小尺寸的负载,可以直接控制负载围绕偏航轴旋转直至负载的位姿变为与收纳状态对应的姿态。It can be understood that during the transition of the gimbal from the storage state to the working state, it is also necessary to reduce the probability of interference between the load and the base and/or the vertical stabilization mechanism. For example, for a small-sized payload, the payload can be directly controlled to rotate around the yaw axis until the posture of the payload changes to the posture corresponding to the storage state.
例如,对于大尺寸的负载,可以先控制负载围绕俯仰轴或横滚轴旋转,调整至负载不易于基座或者竖向增稳机构发生干涉的姿态,然后,再控制负载围绕偏航轴旋转直至负载的位姿变为与工作状态对应的姿态。参考图2所示,当安装有长焦镜头的拍摄装置需要进入工作状态时,需要水平旋转180°,则很容易与基座26之间发生干涉。为了便于将云台调整至工作状态,则可以先控制拍摄装置沿俯仰轴向上或向下旋转一定的角度,然后再控制拍摄装置沿水平方向进行旋转,有效降低了拍摄装置与基座26之间发生干涉的风险。For example, for a large-sized load, you can first control the load to rotate around the pitch axis or roll axis, adjust to a posture where the load is not easy to interfere with the base or the vertical stabilization mechanism, and then control the load to rotate around the yaw axis until The pose of the load changes to the pose corresponding to the working state. Referring to FIG. 2 , when the photographing device equipped with a telephoto lens needs to be put into operation, it needs to be rotated horizontally by 180°, and interference with the base 26 is likely to occur. In order to adjust the pan/tilt to the working state, you can first control the shooting device to rotate up or down a certain angle along the pitch axis, and then control the shooting device to rotate along the horizontal direction, which effectively reduces the distance between the shooting device and the base 26. risk of interference.
其中,云台的结构、轴向增稳机构的结构、竖向增稳机构的结构、触发事件转轴结构的控制方法和收纳状态等可以参考如上所示的内容,在此不再赘述。Among them, the structure of the gimbal, the structure of the axial stabilization mechanism, the structure of the vertical stabilization mechanism, the control method and storage state of the triggering event rotating shaft structure can refer to the content shown above, and will not be repeated here.
需要说明的是,上述各操作的执行主体仅为示例性说明,不能理解为对本申请的限定,可以由移动平台、控制终端、拍摄装置、云台其中的一个独立完成,或其中的几个配合完成。例如,对于移动平台是陆地机器人的情形下,可以在陆地机器人上设置人机交互模块(如包括用于显示人机交互界面的显示器等),用户可以直接在移动平台展示的交互界面上获取用户操作,以生成用户指令等。其中,独立完成包括主动或被动地、直接或间接地从其它设备获取相应数据以执行相应操作。It should be noted that the execution subject of the above-mentioned operations is only an example, and should not be understood as a limitation of this application. It can be independently completed by one of the mobile platform, control terminal, camera, and pan/tilt, or several of them cooperate. Finish. For example, in the case where the mobile platform is a land robot, a human-computer interaction module (such as a display for displaying the human-computer interaction interface, etc.) can be set on the land robot, and the user can directly obtain user information on the interactive interface displayed on the mobile platform. operations to generate user instructions, etc. Wherein, independent completion includes actively or passively, directly or indirectly acquiring corresponding data from other devices to perform corresponding operations.
本申请实施例还提供了一种云台。如图19所示,该云台1900可以包括:基座,用于支撑竖向增稳机构;竖向增稳机构,用于承载轴向增稳机构且用于驱动轴向增稳机构沿特定方向发生转动,以抵消负载在竖直方向出现的抖动;轴向增稳机构,轴向增稳机构用于承载负载,且用于驱动负载绕至少一个轴线旋转,特定方向不同于轴线的轴向方向。此外,该云台1900还可以包括一个或多个处理器1910和可读存储介质1920。其中,计算机可读存储介质1920,用于存储一个或多个计算机程序1921,计算机程序在被处理器执行时,实现如上的云台控制方法,例如,获取指示云台进入收纳模式的触发事件;响应于触发事件,控制轴向增稳机构中的至少一个转轴结构绕相应的轴线转动,并通过竖向增稳机构控制轴向增稳机构绕特定方向发生转动,以使得云台处于收纳状态;其中,在云台处于收纳状态时,负载的至少部分工作面位于基座中远离竖向增稳机构的端部与竖向增稳机 构中用于连接轴向增稳机构的端部之间。The embodiment of the present application also provides a cloud platform. As shown in Figure 19, the pan/tilt 1900 may include: a base for supporting the vertical stabilization mechanism; a vertical stabilization mechanism for carrying the axial stabilization mechanism and driving the axial stabilization mechanism along a specific The direction is rotated to counteract the vibration of the load in the vertical direction; the axial stabilization mechanism is used to carry the load and to drive the load to rotate around at least one axis, and the specific direction is different from the axial direction of the axis direction. In addition, the platform 1900 may also include one or more processors 1910 and a readable storage medium 1920 . Wherein, the computer-readable storage medium 1920 is used to store one or more computer programs 1921. When the computer programs are executed by the processor, the above pan/tilt control method is realized, for example, to obtain a trigger event indicating that the pan/tilt enters the storage mode; In response to a trigger event, controlling at least one rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism to rotate around a corresponding axis, and controlling the axial stabilization mechanism to rotate in a specific direction through the vertical stabilization mechanism, so that the pan/tilt is in a storage state; Wherein, when the platform is in the stored state, at least part of the working surface of the load is located between the end of the base away from the vertical stabilization mechanism and the end of the vertical stabilization mechanism for connecting to the axial stabilization mechanism.
在某些实施例中,控制轴向增稳机构中的至少一个转轴结构绕相应的轴线转动,包括以下至少一种:控制轴向增稳机构中的第一转轴结构围绕偏航轴线转动至第一预设角度。控制轴向增稳机构中的第二转轴结构围绕俯仰轴线转动至第二预设角度。控制轴向增稳机构中的第三转轴结构围绕滚动轴线转动至第三预设角度。In some embodiments, controlling at least one rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism to rotate around a corresponding axis includes at least one of the following: controlling a first rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilizing mechanism to rotate around a yaw axis to a first a preset angle. The second rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism is controlled to rotate around the pitch axis to a second preset angle. The third rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism is controlled to rotate around the rolling axis to a third preset angle.
在某些实施例中,在第一转轴结构围绕偏航轴线转动至第一预设角度时,负载的工作面趋向竖向增稳机构和/或云台的基座。In some embodiments, when the first rotating shaft structure rotates around the yaw axis to a first preset angle, the working surface of the load tends to the vertical stabilization mechanism and/or the base of the gimbal.
在某些实施例中,在第二转轴结构围绕俯仰轴线转动至第二预设角度时,负载的工作面背离竖向增稳机构中用于连接轴向增稳机构的端部。In some embodiments, when the second rotating shaft structure rotates around the pitch axis to a second preset angle, the working surface of the load is away from the end of the vertical stabilization mechanism for connecting to the axial stabilization mechanism.
在某些实施例中,计算机程序在被处理器执行时还用于实现:通过轴向增稳机构驱动负载的转动,使得负载与竖向增稳机构和/或云台的基座之间保持相互分隔。In some embodiments, when the computer program is executed by the processor, the computer program is further used to: drive the rotation of the load through the axial stabilization mechanism, so that the load is kept between the vertical stabilization mechanism and/or the base of the platform separated from each other.
在某些实施例中,通过轴向增稳机构控制负载的转动可以包括:基于负载的类型,通过轴向增稳机构控制负载的转动。In some embodiments, controlling rotation of the load via the axial stabilization mechanism may include controlling rotation of the load via the axial stabilization mechanism based on the type of load.
在某些实施例中,轴向增稳机构用于驱动负载至少绕俯仰轴旋转。相应地,通过轴向增稳机构控制负载的转动可以包括:通过轴向增稳机构控制负载的姿态中的俯仰分量。In some embodiments, an axial stabilization mechanism is used to drive the payload in rotation at least about the pitch axis. Correspondingly, controlling the rotation of the payload through the axial stabilization mechanism may include: controlling the pitch component of the attitude of the payload through the axial stabilization mechanism.
在某些实施例中,通过轴向增稳机构控制负载的转动,包括:通过轴向增稳机构控制负载的运动轨迹。In some embodiments, controlling the rotation of the load through the axial stabilization mechanism includes: controlling the motion trajectory of the load through the axial stabilization mechanism.
在某些实施例中,运动轨迹为基于第一转轴结构、第二转轴结构及第三转轴结构中的至少两个的转动信息以及转动顺序确定。In some embodiments, the motion trajectory is determined based on the rotation information and rotation sequence of at least two of the first shaft structure, the second shaft structure and the third shaft structure.
在某些实施例中,第二转轴机构的转动顺序先于第一转轴机构的转动顺序。In some embodiments, the rotation sequence of the second pivot mechanism is prior to the rotation sequence of the first pivot mechanism.
在某些实施例中,通过轴向增稳机构控制负载的转动可以包括:基于负载的类型,调整轴向增稳机构的电机的软限位,以限定负载的转动。In some embodiments, controlling the rotation of the load through the axial stabilization mechanism may include: adjusting a soft limit of a motor of the axial stabilization mechanism based on the type of the load to limit the rotation of the load.
在某些实施例中,负载包括拍摄装置,拍摄装置包括本体和设于本体上的镜头,负载的类型是基于镜头的型号确定。其中,负载与轴向增稳机构可拆卸连接,和/或,镜头与本体可拆卸连接。In some embodiments, the payload includes a photographing device, the photographing device includes a body and a lens mounted on the body, and the type of the payload is determined based on the model of the lens. Wherein, the load is detachably connected to the axial stabilization mechanism, and/or the lens is detachably connected to the body.
在某些实施例中,竖向增稳机构包括连接臂,连接臂能够绕特定方向发生转动,轴向增稳机构连接于连接臂的一端。相应地,在连接臂绕特定方向发生转动时,连接臂的连接轴向增稳机构的一端能够在第一高度位置和第二高度位置之间运动。或者,在云台处于收纳状态时,连接臂的连接轴向增稳机构的一端保持在第一高度位置或第 二高度位置。In some embodiments, the vertical stability enhancing mechanism includes a connecting arm capable of rotating around a specific direction, and the axial stabilizing mechanism is connected to one end of the connecting arm. Correspondingly, when the connecting arm rotates around a specific direction, one end of the connecting arm connected to the axial stabilization mechanism can move between the first height position and the second height position. Or, when the platform is in the stored state, one end of the connecting arm connected to the axial stabilization mechanism remains at the first height position or the second height position.
在某些实施例中,当连接臂的连接轴向增稳机构的一端保持在第一高度位置或第二高度位置时,连接臂处于自锁状态。其中,连接臂在自锁状态下受到外力时,连接臂相对于云台保持静止。In some embodiments, when one end of the connecting arm connected to the axial stabilization mechanism is maintained at the first height position or the second height position, the connecting arm is in a self-locking state. Wherein, when the connecting arm receives an external force in the self-locking state, the connecting arm remains stationary relative to the platform.
在某些实施例中,竖向增稳机构还包括连杆、铰链,连杆的两端分别与铰链和连接臂的靠近竖直向增稳轴的一端可转动连接。当连接臂的连接轴向增稳机构的一端处于第一高度位置时,连杆和铰链在两个相反的方向上延伸。当连接臂的连接轴向增稳机构的一端处于第二高度位置时,连杆和铰链的朝向彼此折叠。In some embodiments, the vertical stabilization mechanism further includes a connecting rod and a hinge, and the two ends of the connecting rod are respectively rotatably connected to the hinge and one end of the connecting arm close to the vertical stabilization axis. When the end of the connecting arm connected to the axial stability enhancing mechanism is at the first height position, the connecting rod and the hinge extend in two opposite directions. When the end of the connecting arm connected to the axial stability enhancing mechanism is at the second height position, the connecting rod and the hinge are folded toward each other.
在某些实施例中,云台还包括基座,竖向增稳机构包括竖向增稳电机,竖向增稳电机固定在基座上,铰链固定在竖向增稳电机的转轴上。相应地,控制轴向增稳机构中的至少一个转轴结构沿特定方向发生转动可以包括:控制竖向增稳电机驱动铰链转动,以使得铰链通过连杆带动连接臂转动,进而使得轴向增稳机构中的至少一个转轴结构沿特定方向发生转动。In some embodiments, the platform further includes a base, and the vertical stabilization mechanism includes a vertical stabilization motor, the vertical stabilization motor is fixed on the base, and the hinge is fixed on the rotating shaft of the vertical stabilization motor. Correspondingly, controlling at least one rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism to rotate in a specific direction may include: controlling the vertical stabilization motor to drive the hinge to rotate, so that the hinge drives the connecting arm to rotate through the connecting rod, thereby making the axial stabilization At least one shaft structure in the mechanism rotates in a specific direction.
在某些实施例中,控制竖向增稳电机驱动铰链转动可以包括:控制竖向增稳电机驱动铰链越过第一死点位置,其中,第一死点位置对应于连接臂的连接轴向增稳机构的一端处于第一高度位置时,铰链所处的位置。In some embodiments, controlling the rotation of the hinge driven by the motor for vertical stabilization may include: controlling the hinge driven by the motor for vertical stabilization to cross the first dead point position, wherein the first dead point position corresponds to the connection axial extension of the connecting arm. When one end of the stabilizing mechanism is in the first height position, the position of the hinge.
在某些实施例中,控制竖向增稳电机驱动铰链转动可以包括:控制竖向增稳电机驱动铰链越过第二死点位置,其中,第二死点位置对应于连接臂的连接轴向增稳机构的一端处于第二高度位置时,铰链所处的位置。In some embodiments, controlling the rotation of the hinge driven by the vertical stabilization motor may include: controlling the hinge driven by the vertical stabilization motor to cross the second dead point position, wherein the second dead point position corresponds to the connection axial extension of the connecting arm. When one end of the stabilizing mechanism is in the second height position, the position of the hinge.
在某些实施例中,控制竖向增稳电机驱动铰链越过第一死点位置包括:控制竖向增稳电机驱动铰链转动,使得铰链的位置位于第一指定范围内,第一指定范围的边界包括第一死点。In some embodiments, controlling the vertical stabilization motor to drive the hinge beyond the first dead point position includes: controlling the vertical stabilization motor to drive the hinge to rotate, so that the position of the hinge is within a first specified range, the boundary of the first specified range Including the first dead center.
在某些实施例中,控制竖向增稳电机驱动铰链转动,使得铰链的位置位于第一指定范围内可以包括:通过闭环控制的方式控制竖向增稳电机驱动铰链转动,使得铰链位于第一指定范围内,第一指定范围的边界包括第一死点。In some embodiments, controlling the rotation of the hinge driven by the vertical stabilization motor so that the position of the hinge is within the first specified range may include: controlling the rotation of the hinge driven by the vertical stabilization motor in a closed-loop control manner so that the hinge is located in the first specified range. Within the specified range, the boundary of the first specified range includes the first dead point.
在某些实施例中,闭环控制的输入包括连接臂的当前关节角和目标关节角,目标关节角是基于与第一死点对应的连接臂的关节角来确定的。In some embodiments, the input of the closed-loop control includes a current joint angle of the connecting arm and a target joint angle, and the target joint angle is determined based on the joint angle of the connecting arm corresponding to the first dead point.
在某些实施例中,连接臂的当前关节角是通过角度传感器来确定的。In some embodiments, the current joint angle of the link arm is determined by an angle sensor.
在某些实施例中,目标关节角是与第一死点对应的连接臂的关节角和预设角度阈值之和。In some embodiments, the target joint angle is the sum of the joint angle of the connecting arm corresponding to the first dead point and a preset angle threshold.
在某些实施例中,预设角度阈值是针对连接臂的关节旋转角度的第一预设角度阈值。In some embodiments, the preset angle threshold is a first preset angle threshold for the joint rotation angle of the connecting arm.
例如,第一预设角度阈值的范围可以包括2°~3°。For example, the range of the first preset angle threshold may include 2°˜3°.
在某些实施例中,预设角度阈值是针对竖向增稳电机的转动部分旋转角度的第二预设角度阈值。In some embodiments, the predetermined angle threshold is a second predetermined angle threshold for the rotation angle of the rotating part of the vertical stabilization motor.
例如,第二预设角度阈值的范围可以包括5°~6°。For example, the range of the second preset angle threshold may include 5°˜6°.
在某些实施例中,计算机程序在被处理器执行时还用于实现:首先,获得竖向增稳电机的输出力矩。然后,如果输出力矩大于预设力矩,则减小目标关节角,其中,预设力矩对应于能够驱动铰链到达第一死点或者越过第一死点的力矩。In some embodiments, when the computer program is executed by the processor, it is further used to: firstly, obtain the output torque of the vertical stabilization motor. Then, if the output torque is greater than the preset torque, the target joint angle is reduced, wherein the preset torque corresponds to the torque capable of driving the hinge to the first dead point or beyond the first dead point.
在某些实施例中,减小目标关节角可以包括,例如,减小目标关节角至与第一死点对应的连接臂的关节角。或者,减小目标关节角至当前检测的连接臂的关节角。In some embodiments, reducing the target joint angle may include, for example, reducing the target joint angle to a joint angle of the link arm corresponding to the first dead center. Alternatively, reduce the target joint angle to the currently detected joint angle of the link arm.
在某些实施例中,通过闭环控制的方式控制竖向增稳电机驱动铰链转动,使得铰链位于第一指定范围内可以包括:首先,获取连接臂的当前关节角。然后,基于当前关节角和目标关节角之间的差值控制竖向增稳电机驱动连接臂转动至目标关节角。In some embodiments, controlling the rotation of the hinge driven by the vertical stabilization motor in a closed-loop control manner so that the hinge is within the first specified range may include: firstly, obtaining the current joint angle of the connecting arm. Then, based on the difference between the current joint angle and the target joint angle, the vertical stabilization motor is controlled to drive the connecting arm to rotate to the target joint angle.
在某些实施例中,目标关节角包括多个子目标关节角,多个子目标关节角中相邻的两个子目标关节角之间的差值相同或不同。In some embodiments, the target joint angle includes multiple sub-target joint angles, and the difference between two adjacent sub-target joint angles among the multiple sub-target joint angles is the same or different.
在某些实施例中,云台还可以包括:第一机械限位结构,用于对连杆或铰链进行限位,使得铰链在沿第一方向转动时,连接臂的远离竖向增稳机构的一端在重力作用下被限位于第三高度位置。相应地,响应于触发事件,控制轴向增稳机构中的至少一个转轴结构沿特定方向发生运动,以使得云台处于收纳状态可以包括:响应于触发事件,控制竖向增稳机构的竖向增稳电机驱动连接臂的连接轴向增稳机构的一端位于第一高度位置和第三高度位置之间,以便连接臂的连接轴向增稳机构的一端在重力作用下被限位在第三高度位置处。In some embodiments, the pan/tilt may further include: a first mechanical limit structure, which is used to limit the connecting rod or the hinge, so that when the hinge rotates in the first direction, the connecting arm is far away from the vertical stabilization mechanism. One end is limited to the third height position under the action of gravity. Correspondingly, in response to a trigger event, controlling at least one rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism to move in a specific direction so that the platform is in the storage state may include: in response to the trigger event, controlling the vertical rotation of the vertical stabilization mechanism. The stabilizing motor drives one end of the connecting arm connected to the axial stabilizing mechanism to be located between the first height position and the third height position, so that the end of the connecting arm connected to the axial stabilizing mechanism is limited to the third height under the action of gravity. height position.
在某些实施例中,云台还可以包括:第二机械限位结构,用于对连杆或铰链进行限位,使得铰链在沿第二方向转动时,连接臂的连接轴向增稳机构的一端在重力作用下被限位于第四高度位置,第一方向和第二方向相反。相应地,计算机程序在被处理器执行时还用于实现:控制竖向增稳电机驱动连接臂的连接轴向增稳机构的一端位于第二高度位置和第四高度位置之间,以便连接臂的连接轴向增稳机构的一端在重力作用下被限位在第四高度位置处。In some embodiments, the pan/tilt may further include: a second mechanical limit structure, which is used to limit the connecting rod or the hinge, so that when the hinge rotates in the second direction, the connecting arm's connection axial stability enhancing mechanism One end of one end is limited to the fourth height position under the action of gravity, and the first direction is opposite to the second direction. Correspondingly, when the computer program is executed by the processor, it is also used to realize: control the vertical stabilization motor to drive one end of the connecting arm connected to the axial stabilization mechanism to be located between the second height position and the fourth height position, so that the connection arm One end connected to the axial stabilizing mechanism is limited at the fourth height position under the action of gravity.
在某些实施例中,轴向增稳机构能够围绕横滚轴、偏航轴或俯仰轴中至少一种转 动。In some embodiments, the axial stabilization mechanism is rotatable about at least one of a roll axis, a yaw axis, or a pitch axis.
在某些实施例中,触发事件包括接收到下电指令。In some embodiments, the triggering event includes receiving a power down command.
上述实施例中的具体内容及效果参考前面的实施例的相同部分,此处不再做赘述。For the specific content and effects of the above embodiments, refer to the same parts of the previous embodiments, and details are not repeated here.
本申请的另一方面提供了一种云台。如图20所示,该云台2000可以包括:轴向增稳机构,轴向增稳机构用于承载负载,且用于驱动负载绕至少一个轴线旋转。此外,该云台2100还可以包括一个或多个处理器2010和可读存储接着2020。其中,一个或多个处理器2010可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以分别设置在多个处理单元中。计算机可读存储介质2020,用于存储一个或多个计算机程序2021,计算机程序在被处理器执行时,实现如上所示的云台控制方法。也即,首先,获取指示云台进入收纳模式的触发事件;然后,响应于触发事件,控制轴向增稳机构中的至少一个转轴结构沿特定方向发生平动,以使得云台处于收纳状态中的预设姿态,其中,特定方向不同于轴线的轴向方向。Another aspect of the present application provides a cloud platform. As shown in FIG. 20 , the platform 2000 may include: an axial stabilization mechanism for carrying a load and driving the load to rotate around at least one axis. In addition, the pan/tilt 2100 may also include one or more processors 2010 and a readable memory 2020 . Wherein, one or more processors 2010 may be integrated in one processing unit, or may be respectively arranged in multiple processing units. The computer-readable storage medium 2020 is used for storing one or more computer programs 2021. When the computer programs are executed by the processor, the above-mentioned pan-tilt control method is realized. That is, firstly, acquire a trigger event indicating that the pan/tilt enters the storage mode; then, in response to the trigger event, control at least one rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism to move in translation along a specific direction, so that the pan/tilt is in the storage state , where the specific direction is different from the axial direction of the axis.
此外,该云台2000还可以执行除图14所示的方法实施例以外的一个或多个操作,具体可以参考前述其它内容,在此不再一一列举。In addition, the pan/tilt 2000 may also perform one or more operations other than the method embodiment shown in FIG. 14 , for details, reference may be made to other contents above, which will not be listed here.
上述的一个或多个处理器可以是中央处理单元(Central Processing Unit,简称CPU),该处理器还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processor,简称DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,简称ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(Field-Programmable Gate Array,简称FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。The above-mentioned one or more processors can be a central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, referred to as CPU), and the processor can also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (Digital Signal Processor, referred to as DSP), application-specific integrated circuits ( Application specific integrated circuit (ASIC for short), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (Field-Programmable Gate Array, FPGA for short) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, or the processor may be any conventional processor, or the like.
一个或多个处理器可以与非易失性计算机可读存储介质连接。非易失性计算机可读存储介质可以存储由处理单元所执行的逻辑、代码和/或者计算机指令,用于执行一个或者多个步骤。非易失性计算机可读存储介质可以包括一个或者多个存储单元(可去除的介质或者外部存储器,如SD卡或者RAM)。非易失性计算机可读存储介质的存储单元可以存储由处理器所执行的逻辑、代码和/或者计算机指令,以执行本案描述的各种方法的各个实施例。在某些实施例中,非易失性计算机可读存储介质的存储单元可以存储处理单元产生的处理结果。One or more processors can be coupled with non-transitory computer readable storage media. The non-transitory computer readable storage medium may store logic, code and/or computer instructions executed by the processing unit to perform one or more steps. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium may include one or more storage units (removable media or external memory, such as SD card or RAM). The storage unit of the non-transitory computer readable storage medium may store logic, code and/or computer instructions executed by the processor to perform various embodiments of the various methods described herein. In some embodiments, the storage unit of the non-volatile computer-readable storage medium can store the processing results generated by the processing unit.
本申请实施例还提供了一种拍摄系统。如图21所示,拍摄系统2100可以包括云台2110和拍摄装置2120。其中,拍摄装置2120设置在云台2110上。其中,云台2110可以是上述的云台1900或2000,此处不做具体限定。The embodiment of the present application also provides a shooting system. As shown in FIG. 21 , the shooting system 2100 may include a pan/tilt 2110 and a shooting device 2120 . Wherein, the photographing device 2120 is set on the platform 2110 . Wherein, the pan/tilt 2110 may be the aforementioned pan/ tilt 1900 or 2000, which is not specifically limited here.
其中,拍摄系统2100的相关说明可以参考前述内容,以进行相应的解耦或耦合,并形成不同的拍摄系统。Wherein, the relevant description of the shooting system 2100 can refer to the foregoing content, so as to perform corresponding decoupling or coupling, and form different shooting systems.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机或处理器上运行时,使得计算机或处理器执行上述任一个方法中的一个或多个步骤。上述信号处理装置的各组成模块如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在计算机可读取存储介质中。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium stores instructions, and when it is run on a computer or a processor, the computer or the processor executes one of the above-mentioned methods or multiple steps. If each component module of the above-mentioned signal processing device is realized in the form of a software function unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例的流程或功能。计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者通过计算机可读存储介质进行传输。计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。可用介质可以是磁性介质,(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如,固态硬盘(solid state disk,SSD))等。In the above embodiments, all or part of them may be implemented by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. A computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application will be generated in whole or in part. A computer can be a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, computer network, or other programmable device. Computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted over computer-readable storage media. Computer instructions may be transmitted from one website site, computer, server, or data center to another website site, computer , server or data center for transmission. The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server, a data center, etc. integrated with one or more available media. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, or a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (solid state disk, SSD)), etc.
本申请的实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品,其包括计算机程序,该计算机程序包含用于执行本申请实施例所提供的方法的程序代码,当计算机程序产品在电子设备上运行时,该程序代码用于使电子设备实现本申请实施例所提供的云台控制方法。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product, which includes a computer program, and the computer program includes program code for executing the method provided in the embodiment of the present application. When the computer program product is run on the electronic device, the The program code is used to enable the electronic device to implement the pan-tilt control method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
在该计算机程序被处理器执行时,执行本申请实施例的系统/装置中限定的上述功能。根据本申请的实施例,上文描述的系统、装置、模块、单元等可以通过计算机程序模块来实现。When the computer program is executed by the processor, the above-mentioned functions defined in the system/device of the embodiment of the present application are performed. According to the embodiments of the present application, the above-described systems, devices, modules, units, etc. may be implemented by computer program modules.
在一种实施例中,该计算机程序可以依托于光存储器件、磁存储器件等有形存储介质。在另一种实施例中,该计算机程序也可以在网络介质上以信号的形式进行传输、分发,并通过通信部分被下载和安装,和/或从可拆卸介质被安装。该计算机程序包含的程序代码可以用任何适当的网络介质传输,包括但不限于:无线、有线等等,或者上述的任意合适的组合。In one embodiment, the computer program may rely on tangible storage media such as optical storage devices and magnetic storage devices. In another embodiment, the computer program can also be transmitted and distributed in the form of a signal on a network medium, and downloaded and installed through the communication part, and/or installed from a removable medium. The program code contained in the computer program can be transmitted by any appropriate network medium, including but not limited to: wireless, wired, etc., or any appropriate combination of the above.
根据本申请的实施例,可以以一种或多种程序设计语言的任意组合来编写用于执行本申请实施例提供的计算机程序的程序代码,具体地,可以利用高级过程和/或面向对象的 编程语言、和/或汇编/机器语言来实施这些计算程序。程序设计语言包括但不限于诸如Java,C++,python,“C”语言或类似的程序设计语言。程序代码可以完全地在用户计算设备上执行、部分地在用户设备上执行、部分在远程计算设备上执行、或者完全在远程计算设备或服务器上执行。在涉及远程计算设备的情形中,远程计算设备可以通过任意种类的网络,包括局域网(LAN)或广域网(WAN),连接到用户计算设备,或者,可以连接到外部计算设备(例如利用因特网服务提供商来通过因特网连接)。According to the embodiments of the present application, the program codes for executing the computer programs provided by the embodiments of the present application can be written in any combination of one or more programming languages, specifically, high-level process and/or object-oriented programming language, and/or assembly/machine language to implement these computing programs. Programming languages include, but are not limited to, programming languages such as Java, C++, python, "C" or similar programming languages. The program code can execute entirely on the user computing device, partly on the user device, partly on the remote computing device, or entirely on the remote computing device or server. In cases involving a remote computing device, the remote computing device may be connected to the user computing device through any kind of network, including a local area network (LAN) or a wide area network (WAN), or may be connected to an external computing device (e.g., using an Internet service provider). business to connect via the Internet).
以上为本申请的最优实施例,需要说明的,该最优的实施例仅用于理解本申请,并不用于限制本申请的保护范围。并且,最优实施例中的特征,在无特别注明的情况下,均同时适用于方法实施例和装置实施例,在相同或不同实施例中出现的技术特征在不相互冲突的情况下可以组合使用。The above is the best embodiment of the present application. It should be noted that the best embodiment is only used for understanding the present application, and is not used to limit the protection scope of the present application. Moreover, the features in the optimal embodiment are applicable to the method embodiment and the device embodiment at the same time unless otherwise specified, and the technical features appearing in the same or different embodiments can be used without conflicting with each other. Use in combination.
最后应说明的是:以上实施方式仅用以说明本申请的技术方案,而非对其进行限制;尽管参照前述实施方式对本申请已经进行了详细的说明,但本领域的普通技术人员应当理解:其依然可以对前述实施方式所记载的技术方案进行修改,或者对其中部分或者全部技术特征进行等同替换;而这些修改或者替换,并不使相应技术方案的本质脱离本申请实施方式技术方案的范围。Finally, it should be noted that the above embodiments are only used to illustrate the technical solutions of the present application, rather than limit them; although the present application has been described in detail with reference to the foregoing embodiments, those of ordinary skill in the art should understand that: It is still possible to modify the technical solutions described in the foregoing embodiments, or perform equivalent replacements for some or all of the technical features; and these modifications or replacements do not make the essence of the corresponding technical solutions depart from the scope of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application. .

Claims (74)

  1. 一种云台的控制方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A kind of control method of cloud platform, it is characterized in that, described method comprises:
    获取指示所述云台进入收纳模式的触发事件,其中,所述云台包括基座、竖向增稳机构和轴向增稳机构,所述基座用于支撑所述竖向增稳机构,所述竖向增稳机构用于承载所述轴向增稳机构且用于驱动所述轴向增稳机构沿特定方向发生转动,以抵消所述负载在竖直方向出现的抖动,所述轴向增稳机构用于承载负载且用于驱动所述负载绕至少一个轴线旋转,所述特定方向不同于所述轴线的轴向方向;Acquiring a trigger event indicating that the pan/tilt enters a storage mode, wherein the pan/tilt includes a base, a vertical stabilization mechanism and an axial stabilization mechanism, the base is used to support the vertical stabilization mechanism, The vertical stabilizing mechanism is used to carry the axial stabilizing mechanism and to drive the axial stabilizing mechanism to rotate in a specific direction, so as to offset the vibration of the load in the vertical direction. a stabilizing mechanism for carrying a load and for driving said load to rotate about at least one axis, said specific direction being different from the axial direction of said axis;
    响应于所述触发事件,控制所述轴向增稳机构中的至少一个转轴结构绕相应的轴线转动,并通过所述竖向增稳机构控制所述轴向增稳机构绕所述特定方向发生转动,以使得所述云台处于收纳状态;In response to the triggering event, controlling at least one rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism to rotate around a corresponding axis, and controlling the axial stabilization mechanism to rotate around the specific direction through the vertical stabilization mechanism Rotate so that the pan-tilt is in a storage state;
    其中,在所述云台处于收纳状态时,所述负载的至少部分工作面位于所述基座中远离所述竖向增稳机构的端部与所述竖向增稳机构中用于连接所述轴向增稳机构的端部之间。Wherein, when the pan/tilt is in the stored state, at least part of the working surface of the load is located at the end of the base away from the vertical stabilization mechanism and is used to connect to the vertical stabilization mechanism. between the ends of the axial stabilization mechanism.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述控制所述轴向增稳机构中的至少一个转轴结构绕相应的轴线转动,包括以下至少一种:The method according to claim 1, wherein the controlling at least one rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism to rotate around a corresponding axis comprises at least one of the following:
    控制所述轴向增稳机构中的第一转轴结构围绕偏航轴线转动至第一预设角度;controlling the first rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism to rotate around the yaw axis to a first preset angle;
    控制所述轴向增稳机构中的第二转轴结构围绕俯仰轴线转动至第二预设角度;controlling the second shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism to rotate around the pitch axis to a second preset angle;
    控制所述轴向增稳机构中的第三转轴结构围绕滚动轴线转动至第三预设角度。The third rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism is controlled to rotate around the rolling axis to a third preset angle.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一转轴结构围绕所述偏航轴线转动至第一预设角度时,所述负载的工作面趋向所述竖向增稳机构和/或所述云台的基座。The method according to claim 2, wherein when the first rotating shaft structure rotates around the yaw axis to a first preset angle, the working surface of the load tends towards the vertical stabilization mechanism and /or the base of the cloud platform.
  4. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第二转轴结构围绕所述俯仰轴线转动至第二预设角度时,所述负载的工作面背离所述竖向增稳机构中用于连接所述轴向增稳机构的端部。The method according to claim 2, characterized in that, when the second rotating shaft structure rotates around the pitch axis to a second preset angle, the working surface of the load is away from the vertical stabilization mechanism. at the end connected to the axial stabilization mechanism.
  5. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 2, further comprising:
    通过所述轴向增稳机构驱动所述负载的转动,使得所述负载与所述竖向增稳机构和/或所述云台的基座之间保持相互分隔。The rotation of the payload is driven by the axial stabilization mechanism, so that the payload is kept separated from the vertical stabilization mechanism and/or the base of the platform.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述通过所述轴向增稳机构控制所述负载的转动,包括:The method according to claim 5, wherein the controlling the rotation of the load through the axial stabilization mechanism comprises:
    基于所述负载的类型,通过所述轴向增稳机构控制所述负载的转动。Based on the type of load, rotation of the load is controlled by the axial stabilization mechanism.
  7. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述轴向增稳机构用于驱动所述负载至少绕俯仰轴旋转;The method according to claim 5, wherein the axial stabilization mechanism is used to drive the load to rotate at least about a pitch axis;
    所述通过所述轴向增稳机构控制所述负载的转动,包括:The controlling the rotation of the load through the axial stabilization mechanism includes:
    通过所述轴向增稳机构控制所述负载的姿态中的俯仰分量。A pitch component in the attitude of the payload is controlled by the axial stabilization mechanism.
  8. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述通过所述轴向增稳机构控制所述负载的转动,包括:The method according to claim 5, wherein the controlling the rotation of the load through the axial stabilization mechanism comprises:
    通过所述轴向增稳机构控制所述负载的运动轨迹。The movement trajectory of the load is controlled by the axial stability enhancing mechanism.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述运动轨迹为基于所述第一转轴结构、所述第二转轴结构及所述第三转轴结构中的至少两个的转动信息以及转动顺序确定。The method according to claim 8, wherein the motion trajectory is based on the rotation information and rotation sequence of at least two of the first rotation axis structure, the second rotation axis structure, and the third rotation axis structure Sure.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二转轴结构的转动顺序先于所述第一转轴结构的转动顺序。The method of claim 9, wherein the rotation sequence of the second shaft structure precedes the rotation sequence of the first shaft structure.
  11. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述通过所述轴向增稳机构控制所述负载的转动,包括:The method according to claim 8, wherein the controlling the rotation of the load through the axial stabilization mechanism comprises:
    基于所述负载的类型,调整所述轴向增稳机构的电机的软限位,以限定所述负载的转动。Based on the type of the load, the soft limit of the motor of the axial stabilization mechanism is adjusted to limit the rotation of the load.
  12. 根据权利要求6或11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述负载包括拍摄装置,所述拍摄装置包括本体和设于所述本体上的镜头,所述负载的类型是基于所述镜头的型号确定;The method according to claim 6 or 11, wherein the load includes a camera, the camera includes a body and a lens mounted on the body, and the type of the load is based on the model of the lens Sure;
    其中,所述负载与所述轴向增稳机构可拆卸连接,和/或,所述镜头与所述本体可拆卸连接。Wherein, the load is detachably connected to the axial stabilization mechanism, and/or the lens is detachably connected to the body.
  13. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述竖向增稳机构包括连接臂,所述连接臂能够绕特定方向发生转动,所述轴向增稳机构连接于所述连接臂的一端;The method according to claim 1, wherein the vertical stabilization mechanism comprises a connecting arm capable of rotating around a specific direction, and the axial stabilization mechanism is connected to one end of the connecting arm ;
    在所述连接臂绕所述特定方向发生转动时,所述连接臂的连接所述轴向增稳机构的一端能够在第一高度位置和第二高度位置之间运动;When the connecting arm rotates around the specific direction, one end of the connecting arm connected to the axial stabilization mechanism can move between a first height position and a second height position;
    在所述云台处于所述收纳状态时,所述连接臂的连接所述轴向增稳机构的一端保持在所述第一高度位置或所述第二高度位置。When the platform is in the stored state, one end of the connecting arm connected to the axial stabilization mechanism remains at the first height position or the second height position.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述连接臂的连接所述轴向增稳机构的一端保持在所述第一高度位置或所述第二高度位置时,所述连接臂处于自锁状态;The method according to claim 13, wherein when one end of the connecting arm connected to the axial stabilization mechanism remains at the first height position or the second height position, the connecting arm in self-locking state;
    其中,所述连接臂在所述自锁状态下受到外力时,所述连接臂相对于所述云台保持静止。Wherein, when the connecting arm receives an external force in the self-locking state, the connecting arm remains stationary relative to the platform.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述竖向增稳机构还包括连杆、铰链,所述连杆的两端分别与所述铰链和所述连接臂的靠近所述竖直向增稳轴的一端可转动连接;The method according to claim 14, wherein the vertical stabilization mechanism further comprises a connecting rod and a hinge, and the two ends of the connecting rod are respectively connected to the hinge and the connecting arm close to the vertical rotatably connected to one end of the stabilizing shaft;
    当所述连接臂的连接所述轴向增稳机构的一端处于所述第一高度位置时,所述连杆和所述铰链的朝向彼此折叠;When one end of the connecting arm connected to the axial stabilization mechanism is at the first height position, the connecting rod and the hinge are folded toward each other;
    当所述连接臂的连接所述轴向增稳机构的一端处于所述第二高度位置时,所述连杆和所述铰链在两个相反的方向上延伸。When the end of the connecting arm connected to the axial stabilization mechanism is in the second height position, the link and the hinge extend in two opposite directions.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述云台还包括基座,所述竖向增稳机构包括竖向增稳电机,所述竖向增稳电机固定在所述基座上,所述铰链固定在所述竖向增稳电机的转轴上;The method according to claim 15, wherein the platform further comprises a base, the vertical stabilization mechanism comprises a vertical stabilization motor, and the vertical stabilization motor is fixed on the base , the hinge is fixed on the shaft of the vertical stabilization motor;
    所述控制所述轴向增稳机构中的至少一个转轴结构沿特定方向发生转动包括:The controlling at least one rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism to rotate in a specific direction includes:
    控制所述竖向增稳电机驱动所述铰链转动,以使得所述铰链通过所述连杆带动所述连接臂转动,进而使得所述轴向增稳机构中的至少一个转轴结构沿特定方向发生转动。Controlling the vertical stabilization motor to drive the hinge to rotate, so that the hinge drives the connecting arm to rotate through the connecting rod, and then makes at least one rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism rotate in a specific direction turn.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述控制所述竖向增稳电机驱动所述铰链转动,包括:The method according to claim 16, wherein the controlling the vertical stabilization motor to drive the hinge to rotate comprises:
    控制所述竖向增稳电机驱动所述铰链越过第一死点位置,其中,所述第一死点位置对应于所述连接臂的连接所述轴向增稳机构的一端处于第一高度位置时,所述铰链所处的位置。controlling the vertical stabilization motor to drive the hinge beyond the first dead point position, wherein the first dead point position corresponds to the first height position of the end of the connecting arm connected to the axial stabilization mechanism , the position of the hinge.
  18. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述控制所述竖向增稳电机驱动所述铰链转动,包括:The method according to claim 16, wherein the controlling the vertical stabilization motor to drive the hinge to rotate comprises:
    控制所述竖向增稳电机驱动所述铰链越过第二死点位置,其中,所述第二死点位置对应于所述连接臂的连接所述轴向增稳机构的一端处于第二高度位置时,所述铰链所处的位置。controlling the vertical stabilization motor to drive the hinge beyond the second dead point position, wherein the second dead point position corresponds to the second height position of the end of the connecting arm connected to the axial stabilization mechanism , the position of the hinge.
  19. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述控制所述竖向增稳电机驱动所述铰链越过第一死点位置,包括:The method according to claim 17, wherein the controlling the vertical stabilization motor to drive the hinge beyond the first dead point position comprises:
    控制所述竖向增稳电机驱动所述铰链转动,使得所述铰链的位置位于第一指定范围内,所述第一指定范围的边界包括所述第一死点。The vertical stabilization motor is controlled to drive the hinge to rotate, so that the position of the hinge is within a first specified range, and the boundary of the first specified range includes the first dead point.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述控制所述竖向增稳电机驱动所述铰链转动,使得所述铰链的位置位于第一指定范围内包括:The method according to claim 19, wherein the controlling the vertical stabilization motor to drive the hinge to rotate so that the position of the hinge is within a first specified range comprises:
    通过闭环控制的方式控制所述竖向增稳电机驱动所述铰链转动,使得所述铰链位于第一指定范围内,所述第一指定范围的边界包括所述第一死点。The vertical stabilization motor is controlled by means of closed-loop control to drive the hinge to rotate, so that the hinge is located within a first specified range, and a boundary of the first specified range includes the first dead point.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述闭环控制的输入包括所述连接臂的当前关节角和目标关节角,所述目标关节角是基于与所述第一死点对应的所述连接臂的关节角来确定的。The method according to claim 20, wherein the input of the closed-loop control includes a current joint angle of the connecting arm and a target joint angle, and the target joint angle is based on the joint angle corresponding to the first dead point. The joint angle of the connecting arm is determined.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述连接臂的当前关节角是通过角度传感器来确定的。The method according to claim 21, characterized in that the current joint angle of the connecting arm is determined by means of an angle sensor.
  23. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述目标关节角是与所述第一死点对应的所述连接臂的关节角和预设角度阈值之和。The method according to claim 21, wherein the target joint angle is the sum of the joint angle of the connecting arm corresponding to the first dead point and a preset angle threshold.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的方法,其特征在于,所述预设角度阈值是针对所述连接臂的旋转角度的第一预设角度阈值。The method according to claim 23, wherein the preset angle threshold is a first preset angle threshold for the rotation angle of the connecting arm.
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一预设角度阈值的范围包括2°~3°。The method according to claim 24, wherein the first preset angle threshold ranges from 2° to 3°.
  26. 根据权利要求23所述的方法,其特征在于,所述预设角度阈值是针对所述竖向增稳电机的转动部分的旋转角度的第二预设角度阈值。The method according to claim 23, wherein the preset angle threshold is a second preset angle threshold for the rotation angle of the rotating part of the vertical stabilization motor.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二预设角度阈值的范围包括5°~6°。The method according to claim 26, wherein the second preset angle threshold ranges from 5° to 6°.
  28. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 21, further comprising:
    获得所述竖向增稳电机的输出力矩;obtaining the output torque of the vertical stabilization motor;
    如果所述输出力矩大于预设力矩,则减小所述目标关节角,其中,所述预设力矩对应于能够驱动所述铰链到达所述第一死点或者越过所述第一死点的力矩。reducing the target joint angle if the output torque is greater than a preset torque, wherein the preset torque corresponds to a torque capable of driving the hinge to the first dead point or beyond the first dead point .
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的方法,其特征在于,所述减小所述目标关节角,包括:The method according to claim 28, wherein said reducing said target joint angle comprises:
    减小所述目标关节角至与所述第一死点对应的所述连接臂的关节角;或者reducing the target joint angle to the joint angle of the link arm corresponding to the first dead point; or
    减小所述目标关节角至当前检测的所述连接臂的关节角。reducing the target joint angle to the currently detected joint angle of the connecting arm.
  30. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述通过闭环控制的方式控制所述竖向增稳电机驱动所述铰链转动,使得所述铰链位于第一指定范围内包括:The method according to claim 21, wherein controlling the vertical stabilization motor to drive the hinge to rotate through closed-loop control, so that the hinge is within a first specified range includes:
    获取所述连接臂的当前关节角;Obtain the current joint angle of the connecting arm;
    基于所述当前关节角和所述目标关节角之间的差值控制所述竖向增稳电机驱动所述连接臂转动至所述目标关节角。The vertical stabilization motor is controlled to drive the connecting arm to rotate to the target joint angle based on the difference between the current joint angle and the target joint angle.
  31. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述目标关节角包括多个子目标关节角,多个所述子目标关节角中相邻的两个子目标关节角之间的差值相同或不同。The method according to claim 21, wherein the target joint angle includes a plurality of sub-target joint angles, and the difference between two adjacent sub-target joint angles among the plurality of sub-target joint angles is the same or different .
  32. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述云台还包括第一机械限位结构,用于对所述连杆或所述铰链进行限位,使得所述铰链在沿第一方向转动时,所述连接臂的远离所述竖向增稳机构的一端在重力作用下被限位于第三高度位置;The method according to claim 15, characterized in that, the pan/tilt further includes a first mechanical limit structure, which is used to limit the connecting rod or the hinge so that the hinge moves along the first direction. When rotating, the end of the connecting arm away from the vertical stabilization mechanism is limited to the third height position under the action of gravity;
    所述响应于所述触发事件,控制所述轴向增稳机构中的至少一个转轴结构沿特定方向发生运动,以使得所述云台处于收纳状态,包括:In response to the trigger event, controlling at least one rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism to move in a specific direction, so that the platform is in a storage state, includes:
    响应于所述触发事件,控制所述竖向增稳机构的竖向增稳电机驱动所述连接臂的连接所述轴向增稳机构的一端位于所述第一高度位置和所述第三高度位置之间,以便所述连接臂的连接所述轴向增稳机构的一端在重力作用下被限位在所述第三高度位置处。In response to the triggering event, a vertical stabilization motor controlling the vertical stabilization mechanism drives an end of the connecting arm connected to the axial stabilization mechanism to be located between the first height position and the third height between the positions, so that one end of the connecting arm connected to the axial stabilization mechanism is limited at the third height position under the action of gravity.
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的方法,其特征在于,所述云台还包括第二机械限位结构,用于对所述连杆或所述铰链进行限位,使得所述铰链在沿第二方向转动时,所述连接臂的连接所述轴向增稳机构的一端在重力作用下被限位于第四高度位置,所述第一方向和所述第二方向相反;The method according to claim 32, wherein the pan/tilt further includes a second mechanical limit structure, which is used to limit the connecting rod or the hinge so that the hinge moves along the second direction. When rotating, one end of the connecting arm connected to the axial stabilization mechanism is limited to a fourth height position under the action of gravity, and the first direction is opposite to the second direction;
    所述方法还包括:控制所述竖向增稳电机驱动所述连接臂的连接所述轴向增稳机构的一端位于所述第二高度位置和所述第四高度位置之间,以便所述连接臂的连接所述轴向增稳机构的一端在重力作用下被限位在所述第四高度位置处。The method further includes: controlling the vertical stabilization motor to drive one end of the connecting arm connected to the axial stabilization mechanism to be located between the second height position and the fourth height position, so that the One end of the connecting arm connected to the axial stabilization mechanism is limited at the fourth height position under the action of gravity.
  34. 根据权利要求1-11、13-33中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述触发事件包括接收到下电指令。The method according to any one of claims 1-11, 13-33, wherein the trigger event includes receiving a power-off instruction.
  35. 根据权利要求1-11、13-33中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述轴向增稳机构能够围绕横滚轴、偏航轴或俯仰轴中至少一种转动。The method according to any one of claims 1-11, 13-33, wherein the axial stabilization mechanism is capable of rotating around at least one of a roll axis, a yaw axis or a pitch axis.
  36. 一种云台的控制方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A kind of control method of cloud platform, it is characterized in that, described method comprises:
    获取指示所述云台进入收纳模式的触发事件,其中,所述云台包括轴向增稳机构,所述轴向增稳机构用于承载负载,且用于驱动所述负载绕至少一个轴线旋转;Acquiring a trigger event indicating that the pan/tilt enters the storage mode, wherein the pan/tilt includes an axial stabilization mechanism, the axial stabilization mechanism is used to carry a load, and is used to drive the load to rotate around at least one axis ;
    响应于所述触发事件,控制所述轴向增稳机构中的至少一个转轴结构沿特定方向发生平动,以使得所述云台处于收纳状态,其中,所述特定方向不同于所述轴线的轴向方向。In response to the triggering event, controlling at least one rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism to move in a specific direction, so that the platform is in the storage state, wherein the specific direction is different from that of the axis axial direction.
  37. 一种云台,其特征在于,所述云台包括:A kind of cloud platform, it is characterized in that, described cloud platform comprises:
    基座,用于支撑所述竖向增稳机构;a base for supporting the vertical stabilization mechanism;
    竖向增稳机构,用于承载所述轴向增稳机构且用于驱动所述轴向增稳机构沿特定方向发生转动,以抵消所述负载在竖直方向出现的抖动;The vertical stabilization mechanism is used to carry the axial stabilization mechanism and to drive the axial stabilization mechanism to rotate in a specific direction, so as to offset the vibration of the load in the vertical direction;
    轴向增稳机构,所述轴向增稳机构用于承载负载,且用于驱动所述负载绕至少一个轴线旋转,所述特定方向不同于所述轴线的轴向方向;an axial stabilization mechanism for carrying a load and for driving the load to rotate about at least one axis, the specific direction being different from the axial direction of the axis;
    一个或多个处理器;one or more processors;
    计算机可读存储介质,用于存储一个或多个计算机程序,所述计算机程序在被所述处理器执行时,实现:A computer-readable storage medium for storing one or more computer programs that, when executed by the processor, implement:
    获取指示所述云台进入收纳模式的触发事件;Obtain a trigger event indicating that the pan/tilt enters the storage mode;
    响应于所述触发事件,控制所述轴向增稳机构中的至少一个转轴结构绕相应的轴线转动,并通过所述竖向增稳机构控制所述轴向增稳机构绕所述特定方向发生转动,以使得所述云台处于收纳状态;其中,在所述云台处于收纳状态时,所述负载的至少部分工作面位于所述基座中远离所述竖向增稳机构的端部与所述竖向增稳机构中用于连接所述轴向增稳机构的端部之间。In response to the triggering event, controlling at least one rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism to rotate around a corresponding axis, and controlling the axial stabilization mechanism to rotate around the specific direction through the vertical stabilization mechanism Rotate so that the pan-tilt is in a storage state; wherein, when the pan-tilt is in a storage state, at least part of the working surface of the load is located between the end of the base and the end of the vertical stabilization mechanism away from the The ends of the vertical stabilization mechanism are used to connect the axial stabilization mechanism.
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的云台,其特征在于,所述控制所述轴向增稳机构中的至少一个转轴结构绕相应的轴线转动,包括以下至少一种:The cloud platform according to claim 37, wherein the control of at least one rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism to rotate around a corresponding axis comprises at least one of the following:
    控制所述轴向增稳机构中的第一转轴结构围绕偏航轴线转动至第一预设角度;controlling the first rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism to rotate around the yaw axis to a first preset angle;
    控制所述轴向增稳机构中的第二转轴结构围绕俯仰轴线转动至第二预设角度;controlling the second shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism to rotate around the pitch axis to a second preset angle;
    控制所述轴向增稳机构中的第三转轴结构围绕滚动轴线转动至第三预设角度。The third rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism is controlled to rotate around the rolling axis to a third preset angle.
  39. 根据权利要求38所述的云台,其特征在于,在所述第一转轴结构围绕所述偏航轴线转动至第一预设角度时,所述负载的工作面趋向所述竖向增稳机构和/或所述云台的基座。The cloud platform according to claim 38, wherein when the first rotating shaft structure rotates around the yaw axis to a first preset angle, the working surface of the load tends towards the vertical stabilization mechanism And/or the base of the pan-tilt.
  40. 根据权利要求38所述的云台,其特征在于,在所述第二转轴结构围绕所述俯仰轴线转动至第二预设角度时,所述负载的工作面背离所述竖向增稳机构中用于连接所述轴向增稳机构的端部。The cloud platform according to claim 38, wherein when the second rotating shaft structure rotates around the pitch axis to a second preset angle, the working surface of the load is away from the center of the vertical stabilization mechanism It is used to connect the end of the axial stabilization mechanism.
  41. 根据权利要求38所述的云台,其特征在于,所述计算机程序在被所述处理器执行时还用于实现:The cloud platform according to claim 38, wherein the computer program is also used to implement when executed by the processor:
    通过所述轴向增稳机构驱动所述负载的转动,使得所述负载与所述竖向增稳机构和/或所述云台的基座之间保持相互分隔。The rotation of the payload is driven by the axial stabilization mechanism, so that the payload is kept separated from the vertical stabilization mechanism and/or the base of the platform.
  42. 根据权利要求41所述的云台,其特征在于,所述通过所述轴向增稳机构控制所述负载的转动,包括:The cloud platform according to claim 41, wherein the controlling the rotation of the load through the axial stabilization mechanism comprises:
    基于所述负载的类型,通过所述轴向增稳机构控制所述负载的转动。Based on the type of load, rotation of the load is controlled by the axial stabilization mechanism.
  43. 根据权利要求42所述的云台,其特征在于,所述轴向增稳机构用于驱动所述负载至少绕俯仰轴旋转;The cloud platform according to claim 42, wherein the axial stabilization mechanism is used to drive the load to rotate at least around the pitch axis;
    所述通过所述轴向增稳机构控制所述负载的转动,包括:The controlling the rotation of the load through the axial stabilization mechanism includes:
    通过所述轴向增稳机构控制所述负载的姿态中的俯仰分量。A pitch component in the attitude of the payload is controlled by the axial stabilization mechanism.
  44. 根据权利要求42所述的云台,其特征在于,所述通过所述轴向增稳机构控制所述负载的转动,包括:The cloud platform according to claim 42, wherein the controlling the rotation of the load through the axial stabilization mechanism comprises:
    通过所述轴向增稳机构控制所述负载的运动轨迹。The movement trajectory of the load is controlled by the axial stability enhancing mechanism.
  45. 根据权利要求44所述的方法,其特征在于,所述运动轨迹为基于第一转轴结构、所述第二转轴结构及所述第三转轴结构中的至少两个的转动信息以及转动顺序确定。The method according to claim 44, wherein the movement trajectory is determined based on rotation information and rotation order of at least two of the first rotating shaft structure, the second rotating shaft structure and the third rotating shaft structure.
  46. 根据权利要求45所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二转轴机构的转动顺序先于所述第一转轴机构的转动顺序。The method of claim 45, wherein the sequence of rotation of the second pivot mechanism precedes the sequence of rotation of the first pivot mechanism.
  47. 根据权利要求44所述的云台,其特征在于,所述通过所述轴向增稳机构控制所述负载的转动,包括:The cloud platform according to claim 44, wherein the controlling the rotation of the load through the axial stabilization mechanism comprises:
    基于所述负载的类型,调整所述轴向增稳机构的电机的软限位,以限定所述负载的转动。Based on the type of the load, the soft limit of the motor of the axial stabilization mechanism is adjusted to limit the rotation of the load.
  48. 根据权利要求42或47所述的云台,其特征在于,所述负载包括拍摄装置,所述拍摄装置包括本体和设于所述本体上的镜头,所述负载的类型是基于所述镜头的型号确定;The cloud platform according to claim 42 or 47, wherein the load includes a photographing device, the photographing device includes a body and a lens arranged on the body, and the type of the load is based on the lens Model determination;
    其中,所述负载与所述轴向增稳机构可拆卸连接,和/或,所述镜头与所述本体可拆卸连接。Wherein, the load is detachably connected to the axial stabilization mechanism, and/or the lens is detachably connected to the body.
  49. 根据权利要求37所述的云台,其特征在于,所述竖向增稳机构包括连接臂,所述连接臂能够绕特定方向发生转动,所述轴向增稳机构连接于所述连接臂的一端;The cloud platform according to claim 37, wherein the vertical stabilization mechanism comprises a connecting arm capable of rotating around a specific direction, and the axial stabilization mechanism is connected to the connecting arm one end;
    在所述连接臂绕所述特定方向发生转动时,所述连接臂的连接所述轴向增稳机构的一端能够在第一高度位置和第二高度位置之间运动;When the connecting arm rotates around the specific direction, one end of the connecting arm connected to the axial stabilization mechanism can move between a first height position and a second height position;
    在所述云台处于所述收纳状态时,所述连接臂的连接所述轴向增稳机构的一端保持在所述第一高度位置或所述第二高度位置。When the platform is in the stored state, one end of the connecting arm connected to the axial stabilization mechanism remains at the first height position or the second height position.
  50. 根据权利要求49所述的云台,其特征在于,当所述连接臂的连接所述轴向增稳机构的一端保持在所述第一高度位置或所述第二高度位置时,所述连接臂处于自锁状态;其中,所述连接臂在所述自锁状态下受到外力时,所述连接臂相对于所述云台保持静止。The cloud platform according to claim 49, wherein when one end of the connecting arm connected to the axial stabilization mechanism remains at the first height position or the second height position, the connection The arm is in a self-locking state; wherein, when the connecting arm receives an external force in the self-locking state, the connecting arm remains stationary relative to the platform.
  51. 根据权利要求50所述的云台,其特征在于,所述竖向增稳机构还包括连杆、铰链,所述连杆的两端分别与所述铰链和所述连接臂的靠近所述竖直向增稳轴的一端可转动连接;当所述连接臂的连接所述轴向增稳机构的一端处于所述第一高度位置时,所述连杆和所述铰链的朝向彼此折叠;当所述连接臂的连接所述轴向增稳机构的一端处于所述第二高度位置时,所述连杆和所述铰链在两个相反的方向上延伸。The cloud platform according to claim 50, wherein the vertical stabilization mechanism further comprises a connecting rod and a hinge, and the two ends of the connecting rod are respectively connected to the hinge and the connecting arm close to the vertical One end of the straight stabilizing shaft is rotatably connected; when the end of the connecting arm connected to the axial stabilizing mechanism is at the first height position, the connecting rod and the hinge are folded towards each other; when When one end of the connecting arm connected to the axial stabilization mechanism is at the second height position, the connecting rod and the hinge extend in two opposite directions.
  52. 根据权利要求51所述的云台,其特征在于,所述云台还包括基座,所述竖向增稳机构包括竖向增稳电机,所述竖向增稳电机固定在所述基座上,所述铰链固定在所述竖向增稳电机的转轴上;The cloud platform according to claim 51, wherein the platform further comprises a base, the vertical stabilization mechanism comprises a vertical stabilization motor, and the vertical stabilization motor is fixed on the base , the hinge is fixed on the shaft of the vertical stabilization motor;
    所述控制所述轴向增稳机构中的至少一个转轴结构沿特定方向发生转动包括:控制所述竖向增稳电机驱动所述铰链转动,以使得所述铰链通过所述连杆带动所述连接臂转动,进而使得所述轴向增稳机构中的至少一个转轴结构沿特定方向发生转动。The controlling at least one rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism to rotate in a specific direction includes: controlling the vertical stabilization motor to drive the hinge to rotate, so that the hinge drives the hinge through the connecting rod. The connecting arm rotates, thereby causing at least one rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism to rotate in a specific direction.
  53. 根据权利要求52所述的云台,其特征在于,所述控制所述竖向增稳电机驱动所述铰链转动,包括:The cloud platform according to claim 52, wherein the controlling the vertical stabilization motor to drive the hinge to rotate comprises:
    控制所述竖向增稳电机驱动所述铰链越过第一死点位置,其中,所述第一死点位置对应于所述连接臂的连接所述轴向增稳机构的一端处于第一高度位置时,所述铰链所处的位置。controlling the vertical stabilization motor to drive the hinge beyond the first dead point position, wherein the first dead point position corresponds to the first height position of the end of the connecting arm connected to the axial stabilization mechanism , the position of the hinge.
  54. 根据权利要求52所述的云台,其特征在于,所述控制所述竖向增稳电机驱动所述铰链转动,包括:The cloud platform according to claim 52, wherein the controlling the vertical stabilization motor to drive the hinge to rotate comprises:
    控制所述竖向增稳电机驱动所述铰链越过第二死点位置,其中,所述第二死点位置对应于所述连接臂的连接所述轴向增稳机构的一端处于第二高度位置时,所述铰链所处的位置。controlling the vertical stabilization motor to drive the hinge beyond the second dead point position, wherein the second dead point position corresponds to the second height position of the end of the connecting arm connected to the axial stabilization mechanism , the position of the hinge.
  55. 根据权利要求53所述的云台,其特征在于,所述控制所述竖向增稳电机驱动所述铰链越过第一死点位置包括:控制所述竖向增稳电机驱动所述铰链转动,使得所述铰链的位置位于第一指定范围内,所述第一指定范围的边界包括所述第一死点。The cloud platform according to claim 53, wherein the controlling the vertical stabilization motor to drive the hinge beyond the first dead point comprises: controlling the vertical stabilization motor to drive the hinge to rotate, so that the position of the hinge is within a first specified range, the boundary of the first specified range includes the first dead point.
  56. 根据权利要求55所述的云台,其特征在于,所述控制所述竖向增稳电机驱动所述铰链转动,使得所述铰链的位置位于第一指定范围内包括:The cloud platform according to claim 55, wherein the controlling the vertical stabilization motor to drive the hinge to rotate so that the position of the hinge is within a first specified range comprises:
    通过闭环控制的方式控制所述竖向增稳电机驱动所述铰链转动,使得所述铰链位于第一指定范围内,所述第一指定范围的边界包括所述第一死点。The vertical stabilization motor is controlled by means of closed-loop control to drive the hinge to rotate, so that the hinge is located within a first specified range, and a boundary of the first specified range includes the first dead point.
  57. 根据权利要求56所述的云台,其特征在于,所述闭环控制的输入包括所述连接臂的当前关节角和目标关节角,所述目标关节角是基于与所述第一死点对应的连接臂的关节角来确定的。The cloud platform according to claim 56, wherein the input of the closed-loop control includes the current joint angle and the target joint angle of the connecting arm, and the target joint angle is based on the joint angle corresponding to the first dead point The joint angle of the connecting arm is determined.
  58. 根据权利要求57所述的云台,其特征在于,所述连接臂的当前关节角是通过角度传感器来确定的。The cloud platform according to claim 57, wherein the current joint angle of the connecting arm is determined by an angle sensor.
  59. 根据权利要求57所述的云台,其特征在于,所述目标关节角是与所述第一死点对应的连接臂的关节角和预设角度阈值之和。The cloud platform according to claim 57, wherein the target joint angle is the sum of the joint angle of the connecting arm corresponding to the first dead point and a preset angle threshold.
  60. 根据权利要求59所述的云台,其特征在于,所述预设角度阈值是针对所述连接臂的关节旋转角度的第一预设角度阈值。The cloud platform according to claim 59, wherein the preset angle threshold is a first preset angle threshold for the joint rotation angle of the connecting arm.
  61. 根据权利要求60所述的云台,其特征在于,所述第一预设角度阈值的范围包括2°~3°。The cloud platform according to claim 60, wherein the range of the first preset angle threshold includes 2°-3°.
  62. 根据权利要求59所述的云台,其特征在于,所述预设角度阈值是针对所述竖向增稳电机的转动部分旋转角度的第二预设角度阈值。The cloud platform according to claim 59, wherein the preset angle threshold is a second preset angle threshold for the rotation angle of the rotating part of the vertical stabilization motor.
  63. 根据权利要求62所述的云台,其特征在于,所述第二预设角度阈值的范围包括5°~6°。The cloud platform according to claim 62, characterized in that, the range of the second preset angle threshold includes 5°-6°.
  64. 根据权利要求57所述的云台,其特征在于,所述计算机程序在被所述处理器执行时还用于实现:The cloud platform according to claim 57, wherein the computer program is also used to implement when executed by the processor:
    获得所述竖向增稳电机的输出力矩;obtaining the output torque of the vertical stabilization motor;
    如果所述输出力矩大于预设力矩,则减小所述目标关节角,其中,所述预设力矩对应于能够驱动所述铰链到达所述第一死点或者越过所述第一死点的力矩。reducing the target joint angle if the output torque is greater than a preset torque, wherein the preset torque corresponds to a torque capable of driving the hinge to the first dead point or beyond the first dead point .
  65. 根据权利要求64所述的云台,其特征在于,所述减小所述目标关节角包括:The cloud platform according to claim 64, wherein said reducing said target joint angle comprises:
    减小所述目标关节角至与所述第一死点对应的所述连接臂的关节角;或者reducing the target joint angle to the joint angle of the link arm corresponding to the first dead point; or
    减小所述目标关节角至当前检测的所述连接臂的关节角。reducing the target joint angle to the currently detected joint angle of the connecting arm.
  66. 根据权利要求57所述的云台,其特征在于,所述通过闭环控制的方式控制所述竖向增稳电机驱动所述铰链转动,使得所述铰链位于第一指定范围内包括:The cloud platform according to claim 57, characterized in that, controlling the vertical stabilization motor to drive the hinge to rotate through closed-loop control, so that the hinge is located within the first specified range includes:
    获取所述连接臂的当前关节角;Obtain the current joint angle of the connecting arm;
    基于所述当前关节角和所述目标关节角之间的差值控制所述竖向增稳电机驱动所述连接臂转动至所述目标关节角。The vertical stabilization motor is controlled to drive the connecting arm to rotate to the target joint angle based on the difference between the current joint angle and the target joint angle.
  67. 根据权利要求57所述的云台,其特征在于,所述目标关节角包括多个子目标关节角,多个所述子目标关节角中相邻的两个子目标关节角之间的差值相同或不同。The cloud platform according to claim 57, wherein the target joint angle includes a plurality of sub-target joint angles, and the difference between two adjacent sub-target joint angles in the plurality of sub-target joint angles is the same or different.
  68. 根据权利要求51所述的云台,其特征在于,所述云台还包括第一机械限位结构,用于对所述连杆或所述铰链进行限位,使得所述铰链在沿第一方向转动时,所述连接臂的远离所述竖向增稳机构的一端在重力作用下被限位于第三高度位置;The cloud platform according to claim 51, characterized in that, the platform further comprises a first mechanical limit structure, which is used to limit the connecting rod or the hinge, so that the hinge moves along the first When the direction is rotated, the end of the connecting arm away from the vertical stabilization mechanism is limited to the third height position under the action of gravity;
    所述响应于所述触发事件,控制所述轴向增稳机构中的至少一个转轴结构沿特定方向发生运动,以使得所述云台处于收纳状态包括:In response to the trigger event, controlling at least one rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism to move in a specific direction so that the platform is in the storage state includes:
    响应于所述触发事件,控制所述竖向增稳机构的竖向增稳电机驱动所述连接臂的连接所述轴向增稳机构的一端位于所述第一高度位置和所述第三高度位置之间,以便所述连接臂的连接所述轴向增稳机构的一端在重力作用下被限位在所述第三高度位置处。In response to the triggering event, a vertical stabilization motor controlling the vertical stabilization mechanism drives an end of the connecting arm connected to the axial stabilization mechanism to be located between the first height position and the third height between the positions, so that one end of the connecting arm connected to the axial stabilization mechanism is limited at the third height position under the action of gravity.
  69. 根据权利要求68所述的云台,其特征在于,所述云台还包括第二机械限位结构,用于对所述连杆或所述铰链进行限位,使得所述铰链在沿第二方向转动时,所述连接臂的连接所述轴向增稳机构的一端在重力作用下被限位于第四高度位置,所述第一方向和所述第二方向相反;The platform according to claim 68, characterized in that, the platform further comprises a second mechanical limit structure for limiting the connecting rod or the hinge so that the hinge moves along the second When the direction is rotated, one end of the connecting arm connected to the axial stabilization mechanism is limited to a fourth height position under the action of gravity, and the first direction is opposite to the second direction;
    所述计算机程序在被所述处理器执行时还用于实现:控制所述竖向增稳电机驱动所述连接臂的连接所述轴向增稳机构的一端位于所述第二高度位置和所述第四高度位置之间,以便所述连接臂的连接所述轴向增稳机构的一端在重力作用下被限位在所述第四高度位置处。When the computer program is executed by the processor, it is further used to: control the vertical stabilization motor to drive the end of the connecting arm connected to the axial stabilization mechanism to be located at the second height position and the between the fourth height positions, so that one end of the connecting arm connected to the axial stability enhancing mechanism is limited at the fourth height position under the action of gravity.
  70. 根据权利要求37-47、49-69中任一项所述的云台,其特征在于,所述轴向增稳机构能够围绕横滚轴、偏航轴或俯仰轴中至少一种转动。The cloud platform according to any one of claims 37-47, 49-69, wherein the axial stabilization mechanism can rotate around at least one of a roll axis, a yaw axis or a pitch axis.
  71. 根据权利要求37-47、49-69中任一项所述的云台,其特征在于,所述触发事件包括接收到下电指令。The pan/tilt according to any one of claims 37-47, 49-69, wherein the trigger event includes receiving a power-off instruction.
  72. 一种云台,其特征在于,所述云台包括:A kind of cloud platform, it is characterized in that, described cloud platform comprises:
    轴向增稳机构,所述轴向增稳机构用于承载负载,且用于驱动所述负载绕至少一个轴线旋转;an axial stabilization mechanism for carrying a load and for driving the load to rotate about at least one axis;
    一个或多个处理器;one or more processors;
    计算机可读存储介质,用于存储一个或多个计算机程序,所述计算机程序在被所述处理器执行时,实现:A computer-readable storage medium for storing one or more computer programs that, when executed by the processor, implement:
    获取指示所述云台进入收纳模式的触发事件;Obtain a trigger event indicating that the pan/tilt enters the storage mode;
    响应于所述触发事件,控制所述轴向增稳机构中的至少一个转轴结构沿特定方向发生平动,以使得所述云台处于收纳状态,其中,所述特定方向不同于所述轴线的轴向方向。In response to the triggering event, controlling at least one rotating shaft structure in the axial stabilization mechanism to move in a specific direction, so that the platform is in the storage state, wherein the specific direction is different from that of the axis axial direction.
  73. 一种拍摄系统,其特征在于,所述拍摄系统包括:拍摄装置和权利要求37-72任一项所述的云台,所述拍摄装置设置于所述云台。A photographing system, characterized in that the photographing system comprises: a photographing device and the pan/tilt according to any one of claims 37-72, the photographing device is arranged on the pan/tilt.
  74. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,其存储有可执行指令,所述可执行指令在由一个或多个处理器执行时,使所述一个或多个处理器执行权利要求1至36中任一项权利要求所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium having stored thereon executable instructions which, when executed by one or more processors, cause the one or more processors to perform claims 1 to 36 A method as claimed in any one of the claims.
PCT/CN2021/123991 2021-10-15 2021-10-15 Gimbal control method, gimbal, and photographing system WO2023060533A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2021/123991 WO2023060533A1 (en) 2021-10-15 2021-10-15 Gimbal control method, gimbal, and photographing system

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2021/123991 WO2023060533A1 (en) 2021-10-15 2021-10-15 Gimbal control method, gimbal, and photographing system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023060533A1 true WO2023060533A1 (en) 2023-04-20

Family

ID=85987200

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/123991 WO2023060533A1 (en) 2021-10-15 2021-10-15 Gimbal control method, gimbal, and photographing system

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2023060533A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017141154A1 (en) * 2016-02-18 2017-08-24 Ideaforge Technology Pvt. Ltd. Retractable camera for fixed wing uav
CN110291324A (en) * 2018-03-23 2019-09-27 深圳市大疆创新科技有限公司 Vertical Zeng Wen mechanism, cradle head device and camera system
CN110637183A (en) * 2018-06-29 2019-12-31 深圳市大疆创新科技有限公司 Control method and device of vertical stability augmentation device and computer readable storage medium
CN112334698A (en) * 2019-10-28 2021-02-05 深圳市大疆创新科技有限公司 Vertical stability augmentation mechanism, holder device and sensing equipment
CN113007545A (en) * 2020-09-29 2021-06-22 苏州臻迪智能科技有限公司 Holder stabilizer and storage box for stabilizer body

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017141154A1 (en) * 2016-02-18 2017-08-24 Ideaforge Technology Pvt. Ltd. Retractable camera for fixed wing uav
CN110291324A (en) * 2018-03-23 2019-09-27 深圳市大疆创新科技有限公司 Vertical Zeng Wen mechanism, cradle head device and camera system
CN110637183A (en) * 2018-06-29 2019-12-31 深圳市大疆创新科技有限公司 Control method and device of vertical stability augmentation device and computer readable storage medium
CN112334698A (en) * 2019-10-28 2021-02-05 深圳市大疆创新科技有限公司 Vertical stability augmentation mechanism, holder device and sensing equipment
CN113007545A (en) * 2020-09-29 2021-06-22 苏州臻迪智能科技有限公司 Holder stabilizer and storage box for stabilizer body

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN109071034B (en) Method for switching operating modes of holder, controller and image stability augmentation equipment
US10156854B2 (en) UAV and UAV landing control device and method
WO2019223271A1 (en) Correction method and device for yaw of aircraft, and aircraft
US20190291864A1 (en) Transformable apparatus
KR102542278B1 (en) Unmanned flight systems and control systems for unmanned flight systems
US11156905B2 (en) Control method for gimbal, controller, and gimbal
WO2018058320A1 (en) Method and apparatus for controlling unmanned aerial vehicle
WO2019153293A1 (en) Pan-tilt device and control method thereof, and unmanned aerial vehicle
WO2018032425A1 (en) Unmanned aerial vehicle, and unmanned aerial vehicle stability control method and control device
WO2019134154A1 (en) Control method for non-orthogonal tripod head, tripod head thereof, and storage device
WO2021037047A1 (en) Yaw angle correction method and apparatus for aircraft, and aircraft
WO2020107292A1 (en) Control method for gimbal, gimbal, mobile platform, and computer readable storage medium
WO2020172800A1 (en) Patrol control method for movable platform, and movable platform
TW201622790A (en) Flying device and remote control flying method utilized thereof
WO2020062281A1 (en) Cradle head control method, cradle head, movable platform and readable storage medium
KR101449095B1 (en) Pan tilt system
WO2019148446A1 (en) Control method for gimbal capable of replacing lenses, and gimbal
WO2020042159A1 (en) Rotation control method and apparatus for gimbal, control device, and mobile platform
WO2023060533A1 (en) Gimbal control method, gimbal, and photographing system
WO2020000423A1 (en) Control method for gimbal, gimbal, aerial vehicle, and computer-readable storage medium
WO2021168821A1 (en) Mobile platform control method and device
WO2021217371A1 (en) Control method and apparatus for movable platform
CN110832424A (en) Vertical stability augmentation mechanism, control method thereof and movable equipment
WO2021127909A1 (en) Photographing apparatus, electronic device, and control method for electronic device
WO2022134036A1 (en) Movable platform and control method and device therefor

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21960267

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1